Math DPP-20220411174927381889 Organized
Uploaded by
mgmahati1234Math DPP-20220411174927381889 Organized
Uploaded by
mgmahati1234M AT H E MAT I C S
DPP DA IL Y PR AC TIC E PROB LEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
ES
T IN F
O R M A T IO NO. 01
QUADRATIC EQUATION
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. The roots of the equation f (x) = a (x b) (x c) + b (x c) (x a) + c (x a) (x b) = 0
(a, b, c are distinct and real ) are always :
(A) positive (B) negative (C) real (D) unreal
2. If the difference of the roots of the equation, x2 + ax + b = 0 is equal to the difference of the roots
of the equation x2 + bx + a = 0 (a b) then
(A) a + b = 4 (B) a + b = 4 (C) a b = 4 (D) a b = 4
3. The roots of (x 1) (x 3) + K (x 2) (x 4) = 0, K > 0 are :
(A) real (B) real and equal
(C) imaginary (D) one real and one imaginary
4. The sum of all the value of m for which the roots x1 and x2 of the quadratic equation
x2 – 2mx + m = 0 satisfy the condition x13 x 32 x12 x 22 , is
3 9 5
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D)
4 4 4
5. If tan and tan are the roots of the equation, x2 + px + q = 0, then the value of
sin2 ( + ) + p sin ( + ) . cos ( + ) + q cos2 ( + ) is equal to :
(A) p (B) pq (C) q (D) p/q
6. If and are the roots of the equation (log2x)2 + 4(log2x) – 1 = 0 then the value of log + log
equals
(A) 18 (B) – 16 (C) 14 (D) – 18
7. The equation whose roots are sec2 and cosec2 can be
(A) 2x2 x 1 = 0 (B) x2 3x + 3 = 0 (C) x2 9x + 9 = 0 (D) x2 2x + 3 = 0
8. Let are the roots of the cubic equation a0x3 +3a1x2 + 3a2x + a3 = 0 (a0 0).
Then the value of ( – )2 + ( – )2 + ( – )2 equals
18(a 22 a 0 a1 ) 18(a 22 a 0a1 ) 18(a 02 a1a 2 ) 18(a12 a 0a 2 )
(A) (B) (C) (D)
a 02 a 02 a 02 a 02
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. If the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are imaginary then for all values of a, b, c
and x R , the expression a2x2 + abx + ac is
(A) positive (B) non - negative
(C) negative (D) may be positive , zero or negative
10. If be the roots of x2 + px – q = 0 and be the roots of x2 + px + r = 0 then
( – ) ( – ) – ( – ) ( – ) equals
1
(A) 0 (B) 2(q + r) (C) (q r) (D) (q – r)
2
11. The number of integers 'n' such that the equation nx2 + (n + 1)x + (n + 2) = 0 has rational roots
only, is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
12. If r, s, t and u are the solutions of the equation x4 – sx + 3 = 0, then the equation whose solutions
r s t r su r t u stu
are 2
, 2
, 2
and , is
u t s r2
(A) 3x4 – sx3 – 1 = 0 (B) 3x4 – sx3 + 1 = 0
(C) 3x4 + sx3 – 1 = 0 (D) 3x4 + sx3 + 1 = 0
13. If , , are the roots of the cubic x3 – 3x2 + 2x + k = 0 (k R) satisfying the relation
( + 2)( + 2)( + 2) = 8 then the value of 'k' equals
(A) 16 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 8
14. If a and b are positive real numbers and each of the equations x2 + 3ax + b = 0 and
x2 + bx + 3a = 0 has real roots, then the smallest value of (a + b) is
16 14
(A) (B) 6 (C) (D) 4
3 3
15. If , , are the roots of cubic 2012 x3 – x + 1 = 0, then (–2 + –2 + –2) is equal to
1
(A) 0 (B) (C) 1 (D) – 1
2012
16. If the quadratic equations 3x2 + ax + 1 = 0 and 2x2 + bx + 1 = 0 have a common root, then the
value of the expression 5ab 2a2 3b2 is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 2
17. If r, s are non zero roots of a0 + a1x + a2x2 = 0 (a0, a1, a2 R and a2 0), then the equality
x x
a0 + a1x + a2x2 = a0 1 1 holds
r s
(A) for all values of x, a0 0 (B) only when x = 0
(C) only when x = r or x = s (D) only when x = r or x = s, a0 0
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
18. The value of (b + c) for which the equations x2 + 2cx + b = 0 and x2 + 2bx + c = 0 (b c)
have one root in common is
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 4 4
19. Let a, b and c be three distinct real roots of the cubic x3 + 2x2 – 4x – 4 = 0.
1 1 1
If the equation x3 + qx2 + rx + s = 0 has roots , and , then the value of (q + r + s) is equal
a b c
to
3 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 2 4 6
20. If the roots of the quadratic equation x2 + 6x + b = 0 are real and distinct and they differ by
atmost4 then the range of values of b is
(A) [ 3, 5] (B) [5, 9) (C) [6, 10] (D) [5, )
a 2 b2 c2
21. If a, b, c are the sides of a triangle then the expression lies in the interval
ab bc ca
(A) (1, 2) (B) [1, 2] (C) [1, 2) (D) (1, 2]
22. If min. (2x 2 – ax + 2) > max. (b – 1 + 2x – x 2 ) then roots of the equation
2x2 + ax + (2 – b) = 0, are
(A) positive and distinct (B) negative and distinct
(C) opposite in sign (D) imaginary
23. The graph of a quadratic polynomial y = ax2 + bx + c is as shown in the adjacent figure. Which
of the following quantities is(are) positive?
y
O x
(A) b – c (B) bc (C) c – a (D) ab2
x 2 2x 7
24. If x is a real number such that < 6 then
2x 3
3
(A) x > 11 or x < (B) x > 11 or x < 1
2
3 3
(C) < x < 1 (D) 1 < x < 11 or x
2 2
25. If exactly one root of the quadratic equation x2 – (a +1)x + 2a = 0 lies in the interval (0 ,3) then the
set of values 'a' is given by
(A) ( , 0) (6 , ) b
(B) , 0 ( 6 , )
b
(C) , 0 6 , g (D) ( 0 , 6)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
1
26. If x1 and x2 are the roots of the equation x2 + px – = 0 , (p R ) then the minimum value of
2p2
x14 x 42 is equal to
(A) 2 (B) 2 (2 – 2 ) (C) 2 + 2 (D) 2 + 2 2
x 2 2x c
27. If x is real, then can take all real values if :
x 2 4x 3c
(A) 0 < c < 2 (B) 0 < c < 1 (C) 1 < c < 1 (D) none
28. If one solution of the equation x3 – 2x2 + ax + 10 = 0 is the additive inverse of another, then which
one of the following inequalities is true?
(A) – 40 < a < – 30 (B) – 30 < a < – 20 (C) – 20 < a < – 10 (D) – 10 < a < 0
x x 1
1 1
29. If the equation + b = 0 has a positive solution, then the real number b lies in the
4 2
interval
(A) (– , 1) (B) (– , – 2) (C) (– 3, 1) (D) (–3, 0)
12
4x
30. Let P(x) = x 2 log10 ( 4. 9 ) , A P(a i ) where a1, a2, ......., a12 are positive reals and
3 i 1
13
B P(b j ) where b1, b2, ......., b13 are non-positive reals, then which one of the following is
j 1
always correct?
(A) A > 0, B > 0 (B) A > 0, B < 0 (C) A < 0, B > 0 (D) A < 0, B < 0
NUMERICAL VALUE :
31. Number of integral values of 'a' for which the quadratic equation,
2x2 (a3 + 8a 1) x + a2 4a = 0 possesses roots of opposite sign is,
32. If the equation x2 + 2( + 1)x + + + 7 = 0 has only negative roots, then the least value of
equals
33. A quadratic polynomial f (x) satisfies f (x) 0 for all real x. If f (1) = 0 and f (3) = 3 then the value
of f (5) is
34. Number of quadratic equations with real roots which remain unchanged even after squaring their
roots, is
35. , are the roots of the equation K (x2 – x) + x + 5 = 0. If K1 & K2 are the two values of K
for which the roots , are connected by the relation (/) + (/) = 4/5. Find the value of
(K1/K2) + (K2/K1).
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
3x 2 – 2(a 1) x 27
36. Find the largest integral value of 'a' for which the inequality > 0 is satisfied by
4x 2 – x 2
every x R.
37. If x2 + y2 = 4 and m & M are the minimum and maximum value of expression (1 – 2x2)2 + 4x2y2,
M
then find the value of 2m .
7
38. If exactly one root of quadratic equation x2 + (2a – 1)x + (a + 3) = 0 lie in the interval [0, 2] then find
the square of the least integral value of a.
39. If and are roots of quadratic equation x2 – 4x + 1 = 0 such that an = n + n,
an 1 an 1
then the find value of .
an
40. Let (x1, x2), (x2, x3) and (x3, x1) are respectively the roots of x2 – 2ax + 2 = 0, x2 – 2bx + 3 = 0
and x2 – 2cx + 6 = 0, where x1, x2, x3 > 0. Find the value of (a + b + c).
ANSWER KEY
1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (C) 6. (D) 7. (C)
8. (D) 9. (A) 10. (A) 11. (C) 12. (D) 13. (A) 14. (A)
15. (C) 16. (B) 17. (A) 18. (D) 19. (C) 20. (B) 21. (C)
22. (D) 23. (C) 24. (D) 25. (B) 26. (C) 27. (B) 28. (D)
29. (D) 30. (A) 31. 3 32. 6 33. 12 34. 3 35. 254
36. 0007 37. 5 38. 9 39. 4 40. 6
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 02
SEQUENCE & SERIES
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. If a, b, c are in A.P., then b + c a, c + a b, a + b c are in
(1) A.P. (2) G.P. (3) H.P. (4) Neither A.P nor GP nor HP
2. Number of terms common to the two sequences 17, 21, 25, ...., 417 and 16, 21, 26, ......, 466 is
(1) 19 (2) 20 (3) 21 (4) 22
3. For an increasing A.P. a1, a2, ...... an if a1 + a3 + a5 = – 12 : a1a3a5 = 80 then which of the following
does not hold?
(1) a1 = – 10 (2) a2 = – 1 (3) a3 = – 4 (4) a5 = 2
n 2b
4. If Sn = 2na + is the sum of first n terms of an A.P., then common difference is
4
ab a 2b 2a b b
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2 2
a2 a3
5. The sum of n terms of the series log a + log + log 2 +.........is
b b
a
(1) n log b (2) n log (ab)
n2 a n n2 a n
(3) log log(ab) (4) log – log(ab)
2 b 2 2 b 2
6. If the ratio of sum of n terms of two A.P.’s is (3n + 8) : (7n + 15), then the ratio of 12th terms is
(1) 16 : 7 (2) 7 : 16 (3) 7 : 12 (4) 12 : 5
100 100
7. Let an be the nth term of an A.P. If a
r 1
2r = and a
r 1
2r 1 = , then the common difference of the
A.P. is :
(1) – (2) (3) – (4)
100 200
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
8. If Sn denotes the sum of n terms of an AP, then Sn+3 – 3Sn+2 + 3Sn+1 – Sn =
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 3/2
9. Let a1, a2, a3, ….. form an A.P. then a12 – a22 + a32 –a42 + ……+ a22n–1 – a22n =
n 2n n
(1) (a 2 a 22 n ) (2) (a 2 – a12 ) (3) (a 2 a 22 n ) (4) None of these
2n 1 1 n 1 2n n 1 1
10. In a potato race , 8 potatoes are placed 6 metres apart on a straight line, the first being 6 metres
from the basket which is also placed in the same line. A contestant starts from the basket and
puts one potato at a time into the basket. Find the total distance he must run in order to finish the
race.
(1) 420 (2) 210 (3) 432 (4) none
11. If b1, b2, b3 (bi > 0) are three successive terms of a G.P. with common ratio r, then value of r for
which the inequality b3 > 4b2 – 3b1 holds is given by
(1) r 3 (2) 1 < r < 2 (3) r > 3 (4) r(0,1)
12. Consider the ten numbers
ar, ar2, ar3, .......... ar10.
If their sum is 18 and the sum of their reciprocals is 6 then the product of these ten numbers, is
(1) 324 (2) 343 (3) 243 (4) 729
13. Let C be a circle with centre P0 and AB be a diameter of C. Suppose P1 is the mid point of the line
segment P0B, P2 is the mid point of the line segment P1B and so on. Let C1, C2, C3, ..... be circles
with diameters P0P1, P1P2, P2P3 ...... respectively. Suppose the circles C1, C2, C3, ...... are all
shaded. The ratio of the area of the unshaded portion of C to that of the original circle C is
(1) 8 : 9 (2) 9 : 10 (3) 10 : 11 (4) 11 : 12
14. Given am+n = A ; am–n = B as the terms of the G.P. a1 , a2 , a3 ,............. then for A 0 which of the
following holds?
(1) a m AB (2) a n 2 n A n Bn
m 2 m n mn m 2 m n n 2
A mn A mn
(3) a m a1 (4) a n a1
B B
15. Given and are the roots of the quadratic equation x2 – 4x + k = 0 (k 0). If , 2 + 2,
3 + 3 are in geometric progression then the value of 'k' equals
16 3
(1) 4 (2) (3) (4) 12
7 7
16. If (10)9 + 2(11)1 (10)8 + 3(11)2 (10)7 + . . . . . . . . + 10 (11)9 = k(10)9, then k is equal to
121 441
(1) 100 (2) 110 (3) (4)
10 100
1 1 1 1
17. The sum of the series ........ terms, is
3 15 35 63
1 2 3 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 3 4 6
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
1 (1 x ) (1 x ) 2
18. For x > 0, the sum of the series ....... is equal to
1 x (1 x ) 2 (1 x )3
1 1 3
(1) (2) (3) (4) 1
4 2 4
10 10
1
19. Let a n denotes the n th term of a G.P. given that S = a n and T = an
,
n 1 n 1
10
then the value of an is equal to
n 1
10 5 9 4
S S S S
(1) (2) (3) (4)
T T T T
20. If a, b, c are distinct positive real in H.P., then the value of the expression,
ba bc
+ is equal to
ba bc
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
21. If b is the arithmetic mean between a and x; b is the geometric mean between 'a' and y; 'b' is the
harmonic mean between a and z, (a, b, x, y, z > 0) then the value of xyz is
b 3 ( 2a b ) b3 (2b a )
(1) a3 (2) b3 (3) (4)
2b a 2a b
x y z
22. If x, y and z are positive real numbers, then the minimum value of , is
y z x
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
23.
The harmonic mean of the roots of the equation 5 2 x 2 4 5 x 8 2 5 0 is
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 6 (4) 8
24. If tn denotes the nth term of the series
2 + 3 + 6 + 11 + 18 + .... then t50 is
(1) 2603 (2) 2601 (3) 2403 (4) 2401
n n m
25. r2 r is equal to
r 1 m 1 r 1
n n n n
1 2
1 2
(1) 0 (2) 2 r r
(3) 2 r r (4) none of these
r 1 r 1 r 1 r 1
26. The sum of infinite terms of the G.P.
2 1 1 1
, , , ….. is
2 1 2 2 2
2
(1) 2 ( 2 + 1) (2) ( 2 +1)2 (3) 5 2 (4) 3 2 + 5
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
n
27. The value of n4 4 is equal to
n 1
2 3 4 12
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 8 8 8
28. Let A = 1–4 + 2–4 + 3–4 + 4–4 + ....... and B = 1–4 + 3–4 + 5–4 + 7–4 + ....... . The ratio A B in the
lowest form is _____.
16 15 15 13
(1) (2) (3) (4)
15 14 16 12
29. Let s1 , s2 , s3 ....... and t1 , t2 , t3 ....... are two arithmetic sequences such that s1 = t1 0; s2 = 2t2
10 15 s 2 s1
and si = i
t . Then the value of t 2 t1 is
i 1 i 1
(1) 8/3 (2) 3/2 (3) 19/8 (4) 2
30. Let an, n N is an A.P. with common difference 'd' and all whose terms are non-zero. If n
1 1 1
approaches infinity, then the sum ...... will approach
a 1a 2 a 2 a 3 a n a n 1
1 2 1
(1) a d (2) a d (3) 2a d (4) a1d
1 1 1
NUMERICAL VALUE :
31. The largest term common to the sequences 1, 11, 21, 31, ........... to 100 terms and 31, 36, 41,
46, .... to 100 terms is
1 1 1
32. Find sum of 12 1.3.5 3.5.7 5.7.9 .....
65
33. The sum of first four terms of a geometric progression (G.P) is and the sum of their respective
12
65
reciprocals is . If the product of first theree terms of the G.P. is 1, and the third term is , then
18
2 is _______ .
2 2 2 2
3 2 1 4 16
34. If the sum of the first ten terms of the series 1 + 2 5 + 3 5 + 42 + 4 5 +.........., is m, then m
5 5
is equal to :
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
35. Consider the pattern shown below
Row 1 1
Row 2 3 5
Row 3 7 9 11
Row 4 13 15 17 19 etc
The number at the end of row 80, is
10
36. The value of sum 2 r 1 8r 3 is equal to
r 1
37. Let a1, a2, a3 ........ be an arithmetic progression with common difference 2. Let Sn be the sum of
S3n
first n terms of the sequence. If does not depend on n then the sum of the first 10 terms
Sn
of the sequence is
38. The first term of an infinite G. P. is the value of x for which the expression log3 (3x 8) + x 2
2005
vanishes. If the common ratio of the G. P. is cos then the sum of the G. P. is :
3
5 12 22 35
39. If the sum of the series S 1 2
3
......... can be expressed in the form
11 (11) (11) (11) 4
of a rational number p q in the lowest form, then the value of (p + q) equals
40. Let Sk, k = 1, 2, 3, ....... denote the sum of infinite geometric series whose first term is (k2 – 1)
Sk
1
and the common ratio is . Find the addition of the digits of sum
k
2 k 1
.
k 1
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (2) 3. (2) 4. (4) 5. (3) 6. (2) 7. (2)
8. (1) 9. (1) 10. (3) 11. (3) 12. (3) 13. (4) 14. (1)
15. (2) 16. (1) 17. (1) 18. (2) 19. (2) 20. (2) 21. (4)
22. (3) 23. (2) 24. (3) 25. (3) 26. (1) 27. (2) 28. (1)
29. (3) 30. (1) 31. (521) 32. (1) 33. (3) 34. (101) 35. (6479)
36. (1433) 37. (100) 38. (4) 39. (2573) 40. (14)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 03
BINOMIAL THEOREM
SINGLE CORRECT :
4 3
1 1
1. The term independent of x in the expansion of x x is :
x x
(1) 3 (2) 0 (3) 1 (4) 3
8
1 2
2. If the 6th term in the expansion of the binomial 8 / 3 x log10 x is 5600, then x equals to
x
(1) 5 (2) 8 (3) 10 (4) 100
10
cos
3. The greatest value of the term independent of x in the expansion of x sin is
x
10
C5
(1) 10C (2) 25 (3) 25 · 10C (4)
5 5
25
9
3
4. If the 7th term in the binomial expansion of 3 3 lnx , x > 0 is 729, then x is
84
equal to
e
(1) (2) e (3) 2e (4) e2
2
5. nC n + 3 nCr + 1 + nCr + 2 is equal to :
r 1 + 3 Cr
(1) n + 2Cr + 1 (2) n + 2Cr + 2 (3) n + 2C
r+3 (4) n + 3C
r+2
6. Coefficient of xn in the polynomial (x + nC0)(x + 3 · nC1)(x + 5 · nC2) ...............(x + (2n + 1) · nCn)
when n = 9 is
(1) 2560 (2) 5120 (3) 4096 (4) 5160
7. If the sum of the coefficients in the expansion of (2 + 3cx + c2x2)12 vanishes then c equals
(1) – 2 or – 1 (2) – 2 or 1 (3) – 1 or 2 (4) 1 or 2
8. In the expansion of (ax + b)2000, if the coefficients of x2 and x3 are equal then b = ka, where
k N, then k is not divisible by
(1) 11 (2) 9 (3) 37 (4) 111
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. W hat is the sum of the coefficients of the polynomial after expansion of
(25 – 60x + 22x2 + 18x3 – 6x8)2013?
(1) 1 (2) – 1 (3) 5262 (4) 0
6
1
10. In the expansion of 2x , if the coefficient of x2 is k times the coefficient of x–2 then k
2x
equals
(1) 4 (2) 8 (3) 16 (4) 32
11. The value of (4 · nC1 + 4 · nC2 + 42 · nC3 + ...... + 4n – 1) is
(1) 0 (2) 5n + 1 (3) 5n (4) 5n 1
12. If C0, C1, ...... C2n be the binomial coefficients in (1 + x)2n, then the value of
C0 + 2 2C2 + 2 4C4 + ...... + 2 2nC2n is equal to :
22n 1 32n 1 32n 1
(1) (2) 32n + 1 (3) (4)
2 2 2
n
13. Let n be the smallest positive integer larger than 150 so that the number 151 is divisible by
n
150 but is not equal to it. The sum of the digits of n, is
(1) 5 (2) 8 (3) 9 (4) 11
14. Let Pm stands for mPm. Then the expression 1 · P1 + 2 · P2 + 3 · P3 + ..... + n · Pn =
(1) (n + 1) ! 1 (2) (n + 1) ! + 1 (3) (n + 1) ! (4) none of these
19
( 2) k
15. Evaluate as a simple fraction.
k 1 k!(19 k )!
2 1 2
(1) (2) (3) (4) 0
19! 19! 19!
16.
n
Let represents the combination of n things taken k at a time.
k
100 99 98 97 4 3 2
The value of 98 + 97 + 96 + 95 + ...... + 2 + 1 + 0 equals
(1) 15050 (2) 101000 (3) 151500 (4) 166650
a100 m
17. Define ak = (k2 + 1)k! and bk = a1 + a2 + a3 + ...... + ak. Let = where m and n are
b100 n
relatively prime natural numbers. The value of (n – m) is equal to
(1) 99 (2) 100 (3) 101 (4) 102
18. If 31C5 – 30C4 – 29C4 – 28C4 – …… – nC4 = 1, (n N, n 4), then n is equal to
(1) 4 (2) 5 (3) 15 (4) 25
19. (2n + 1) (2n + 3) (2n + 5) ....... (4n 1) is equal to
( 4 n) ! (4 n ) ! n ! (4 n ) ! n ! (4 n) ! n !
(1) n (2) n (3) (4)
2 . (2n) ! (2n) ! 2 . (2n) ! (2n) ! (2n) ! (2n) ! 2 n ! (2n) !
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
n
1
20. In the binomial expansion of x 4 , the first three coefficients form an arithmetic
2· x
progression, then sum of coefficients of all the terms is
5 6 7 8
3 3 3 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2 2
10 26
2 C r
21. The value of r · is equal to
r 1
26
Cr 1
(1) 900 (2) 1100 (3) 1300 (4) 1800
3
22. The value of 8 Cr 5 Cr1 4Cr equals
r 0
(1) 210 (2) 220 (3) 120 (4) 110
n2
23. The sum nC
k · nCk + 2 equals
k0
(1) 2nC (2) 2nC (3) 2nC (4) 2nC
n+2 n+1 n–1 n
n 1 n
Cr
24. The value of expression nC n , is equal to
r 0 r C r 1
n
(1) n + 2 (2) (3) n (4) n + 1
2
25. If (11)27 + (21)27 when divided by 16 leaves the remainder
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 14
26. The coefficient of x4 in the expansion of (1 x + 2x2)12 is :
(1) 12C3 (2) 13C3 (3) 14C4 (4) 12C
3 +3 13C
3 + 14C
4
27. The co-efficient of x5 in the expansion (1 + x + x2)15 is :
(1) 3 16C4 + 16C5 (2) 15C3 + 15C4 (3) 15C5 (4) 16C
5
np
28. (1)pr · nCr · n rCp ·5n pr ·6r is equal to
r 0
(1) (– 1)p · 5n – p (2) nCp (–1)n (3) (– 1)n · 5n – p (4) nCp (–1)p
198
29.
1 1
Number of rational terms in the expansion of 2 7 3 4 is equal to
(1) 7 (2) 8 (3) 9 (4) 10
30. The coefficient of c2d2 in the expansion of ( c d ) 8 , is
(1) 28 (2) 45 (3) 56 (4) 70
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical value
31. The expression (x + y + z)100 + (x – y – z)100 is simplified by expanding it and combining like
terms. Number of terms in the simplified expression is
101
C1 2 · 101C 2 3 · 101C 3 101· 101C101
32. The sum of the series ....... equals
101 101 101 101
C0 C1 C2 C100
10
x
33. The power of 'x' which has the greatest coefficient in the expansion of 1 is
2
34. The coefficient of x35 in the expansion of (1 + x5)10 is
35. The constant term in the expansion of log x log
log x
x 2 100 12
is
36. If 18C + 2(18C16) + 17C16 + 1 = nC3 then n is equal to
15
8
1 1
37. The term independent of x in the binomial expansion of 1 3x 5 2 x 2 is
x x
10 7 5 3
P
38. If (1 + x)10 = C r x r and (1 + x)7 = d r x r . If P = C 2r and Q = d 2r 1 , then is
r 0 r 0 r 0 r 0 Q
equal to
20
5r 1 19C r1
39. The number of divisors of the number r 1 is equal to
17
17 17 r r
Cr 4 2
r 0
6
1 b 2 b 6 b
40. If x 1 = a0 + a1x 1 + a 2 x 22 + …… + a 6 x 66 , then find the value of a0.
x x x x
ANSWER KEY
1. (2) 2. (3) 3. (4) 4. (2) 5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (1)
8. (1) 9. (2) 10. (3) 11. (4) 12. (3) 13. (4) 14. (1)
15. (3) 16. (4) 17. (1) 18. (2) 19. (2) 20. (4) 21. (2)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (2) 25. (1) 26. (4) 27. (1) 28. (2)
29. (1) 30. (4) 31. 2601 32. (5151) 33. (3) 34. (120) 35. (495)
36. (20) 37. (400) 38. (8) 39. (9) 40. (0141)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 04
COMPOUND ANGLE
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. If the expression, 2 cos10° + sin 100° + sin 1000° + sin 10000° is simplified, then it simplifies to
(1) cos 10° (2) 3 cos 10° (3) 4 cos 10° (4) 5 cos 10°
2. If 3 tan A + cot A = 5cosec A, then the value of (sec A + 4sin2A) is equal to
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 6
3. A regular decagon A0, A1, A2......A9 is given in the xy plane. Measure of the A0A3A7 in degrees is
(1) 108° (2) 96° (2) 72° (4) 54°
4. The value of x satisfying the equation, x = 2 2 2 x is
(1) 2 cos 10° (2) 2 cos 20° (3) 2 cos 40° (4) 2 cos 80°
3 7
tan x cos x sin 3 x
2 2 2 when simplified reduces to
5.
3
cos x tan x
2 2
(1) sin x cos x (2) sin2 x (3) sin x cos x (4) sin2x
6. The expression E = cos2(A – B) + cos2B– 2cos (A – B) cos A cos B, is
(1) independent of both A and B (2) independent of A but dependent of B
(3) independent of B but depedent of A. (4) depends upon both A and B
7. The value of (sec – cos ) (cosec – sin ) (cot + tan ) (wherever defined) is equal to
(1) 1 (2) – 1 (3) 2 (4) – 2
1 1
8. If tan x – tan y = a and cot y – cot x = b (a, b 0), then the value of =
a b
(1) cot (x – y ) (2) tan (x – y) (3) tan ( x + y) (4) cot (x + y )
9. In a triangle ABC, 3 sin A + 4 cos B = 6 and 3 cos A + 4 sin B = 1 then C can be
(1) 30° (2) 60° (3) 90° (4) 150°
cos 3x 1 sin 3x
10. If = for some angle x, 0 x , then the value of for same x, is
cos x 3 2 sin x
7 5 2
(1) (2) (3) 1 (4)
3 3 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
sin 8θ ·cos θ sin 6θ ·cos 3θ
11. The value of when = 7.5° is
cos 2θ ·cos θ sin 3θ ·sin 4θ
(1) 2 1 (2) 2 3 (3) 2 1 (4) 2 3
12. The value of cosec – 3 sec 18 is a
18
(1) surd (2) rational which is not integral
(3) negative natural number (4) natural number
2 sin 2 x 1 cos x (1 2 sin x )
13. The expression f (x) = wherever defined simplifies to
cos x 1 sin x
(1) tan2 x (2) tan x (3) 1 – cos x (4) 1 + sin2x
14.
sin 2
sin 2 sin 2 cos 2 cos 2 sin 2 (2 ) cos 2 (6 ) 1
is equal to
2 2
sin 4 cos 8 2
3 3
4 5 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) 1
3 3 3
cos 68º
15. The value of expression is equal to
sin 56º ·sin 34º ·tan 22º
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
16. If cosec2 (x + y) – sin2(y – x) + sin2 (2x – y) = cos2 (x – y) and x, y 0, , then the value of
2
(sin 3x + cos 2y) is equal to
1 1 3 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 2
17. Numerical value of cos sin cos sin cos sin is equal to
10 20 5 10 20 5
1 5 1
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) (4)
2 4
18. The minimum value of the function
f (x) = (3sin x – 4 cos x – 10)(3 sin x + 4 cos x – 10), is
195 60 2
(1) 49 (2) (3) 84 (4) 48
2
2
19. The maximum value of expression cos x sin 2 x is equal to
4 4
3
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) (4)
2 2
tan 2 x 4 tan x 9
20. If M and m are maximum and minimum value of the function f (x) = ,
1 tan 2 x
then (M + m) equals
(1) 20 (2) 14 (3) 10 (4) 8
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
C C A B
21. If A + B + C = and sin A = k sin , then tan
an tan =
2 2 2 2
k1 k1 k k 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
k1 k1 k1 k
A B
cot2 2 . cot 2 2
22. In ABC, the minimum value of is
A 2
cot 2
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) non existent
1
23. Let f() = , for all { : f() > 0} then the minimum value of f(), is
3 sin 2 2 cos2
1
(1) 0 (2) 3 (3) 1 (4)
3
360
24. The value of sum sin r is equal to
r 1
(1) sin 1° (2) – sin 1° (3) 1 (4) 0
2005
2 n
25. The value of the sum 2 sin
2
1 equals
n 1001
(1) 2007 (2) 2008 (3) 2010 (4) 2011
26. If f(x) = sin k ( x) , then the value of f is equal to
6
k 3
1 1 3 3 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 2 2 84 3
cos cos
148 4 4
27. Let x = log 0.75 and y = , then (x – y) is the tangent of the angle
111 2 2
sin sin
3 3
5 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
12 8 12 8
T5 T3
28. If Tn = (sinn + cosn ), then
T7 T5 is equal to
T1 T2 T5 T3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
T3 T4 T7 T7
29. In triangle ABC, if tan A · tan C = 2 and tan B · tan C = 18. Then tan C is equal to
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 6 (4) 8
sin sin 3 sin 5 ...... sin( 2n 1)
30. Let fn() = . Then the value of f 4 is equal to
cos cos 3 cos 5 ..... cos(2n 1) 32
(1) 2 1 (2) 2 1 (3) 2 3 (4) 2 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical value
3 5 7
sin
sin sin sin
31. The value of 16 16 16 16 is equal to
3 5 7
cos cos cos cos
16 16 16 16
2 A B C
32. In triangle ABC, the minimum value of sec sec 2 sec 2 is equal to
2 2 2
33. Number of real solutions to the equation
sin (6x) = x, is
cos k º
34. If cos 63º cos 57º sin 87º is equal to , where k and m are natural numbers and k (0,
m
180) then find (k – m).
5 11 29
35. If S = 2 + log2 sin + log2 sin + log2 sin + log2 sin ,
12 12 12 12
then find the value of (2–S).
cos 24 sin 162
36. Find the exact value of 2
cos162 .
2 tan 33 sin 57 sin 18 cos18 tan 9
2 4 7
37. If f() = sin3 + sin3 + sin3 then find the value of f f .
3 3 18 18
11
r a a
38. If S = (1) r 1 tan2 24 = b where a and b are co-prime then find the value of
11
(b 1) .
r 1
1 1 1
39. Let = cos 80º, = cos 40º, = cos 20º , then find the value of ?
k
40. If cos 80° + 2 cos 50° = 3 cos 80° + 2 cos k° , where k (0, 90) then find the value of .
5
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (4) 4. (3) 5. (4) 6. (3) 7. (1)
8. (1) 9. (1) 10. (1) 11. (2) 12. (4) 13. (2) 14. (4)
15. (2) 16. (1) 17. (3) 18. (1) 19. (2) 20. (3) 21. (1)
22. (1) 23. (4) 24. (4) 25. (4) 26. (1) 27. (2) 28. (1)
29. (2) 30. (2) 31. (1) 32. (4) 33. (11) 34. (5) 35. (4)
36. (2) 37. (0) 38. (9) 39. (6) 40. (7)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 05
FUNCTION
SINGLE CORRECT :
1
1. The domain of the function f (x) = log 2 is given by
log x
2
(1) {x : x > 0} (2) {x : 0 < x < 1} (3) {x : 1 < x 2} (4) {x : x > 1}
1
2. The domain of the function f(x)= {sin(x)} {sin x } (where {.} denotes the fractional part) is :
(1) [2n, (2n + 1), n z (2) 0, 2
n
(3) 2n 1 2 ,n z (4) R – 2 , n z
3. If the equation | x 3 | 2 = p, where p is a constant integer has exactly three distinct solutions,
then the number of integral values of p, is
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 4
5cos2 x 7
4. If f : R R , f(x) = x + sin x +
5
p
is an odd function, then the value of p (where [.]
3
denotes the greatest integer function) is :
(1) [7, 12] (2) (12, ) (3) (0, 12] (4) (–, )
1 x3
5. The domain of the function f(x)= sin 2x3 / 2 + sin(sin x) + log(3{x} + 1) (x2 +1),
1
where {.} represents fractional part function, is:
(1) x {1} (2) x R {1, 1} (3) x > 3, x I (4) none of these
6. If [x]2 – 5[x] + 6 = 0, where [k] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to k,
then total set of values of 'x' is
(1) x [3, 4) (2) x [2, 3] (3) x {2, 3} (4) x [2, 4)
7. If a2 + b2 + c2 + ab + bc + ca 0, where a, b, c R, then domain of the function
f(x) = sgn(x ) ·(ax 2 bx c) will be
(1) (0, ) (2) [0, ) (3) (– , 0] (4) (– , )
n
8 For x where n I, the range of function
2
f (x) = sgn(sin x) + sgn(cos x) + sgn(tan x) + sgn(cot x) is equal to
[Note : sgn x denotes signum function of x.]
(1) {–2, 4} (2) {–2, 0, 4} (3) {–4, –2, 0, 4} (4) {0, 2, 4}
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. If graph of y = f(x) is reflection of graph of y = g(x) w.r.t. line y = x and g(x) = (x + 1)2 – 1,
x –1 then f(24) is equal to
(1) –4 (2) 4 (3) –6 (4) 6
10. Let f : R [0, 2] be defined by f(x) = log 13 / 2 (sin2x + sinx + a) then the set of values of a for which
f is onto is :
1 1 3 5
(1) 0, 4 (2) 4 , (3) 4 (4) 4
11 . f(x) = 3 sin2x – cos2x + 4 is one-one in the interval
(1) 2 , 2 (2) 4 , 4 (3) 6 , 3 (4) 3 , 2
12. A function f : R R is defined as f (x) = (x + 1) (x + 2) (x + 3) (x + 4) + (x + 5) then f (x) is
(1) one one onto (2) many one onto (3) one one into (4) many one into
13. Let E = {1, 2, 3, 4 } & F = {1, 2}. Then the number of onto functions from E to F is
(1) 14 (2) 16 (3) 12 (4) 8
14. The number of function f from {1,2,3.......,20} on to{1,2,3,...., 20} such that f(k) is a multiple of 3,
whenever k is a multiple of 4, is
(1) (15)! × 6! (2) 56 × 15 (3) 5! × 6! (4) 65 × (15)!
15. The mapping f : R R given by f (x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c is a bijection if
(1) b2 3a (2) a2 3b (3) a2 3b (4) b2 3a
16. Let f : [–1, 3] [–8, 72] be defined as f (x) = 4x3 – 12x, then f is
(1) injective but not surjective (2) injective as well as surjective
(3) neither injective nor surjective (4) surjective but not injective
x ,x 0 ex ,x 0
17. If f(x) = 2 and g(x) = x then g [f(x)] =
x , x0 e ,x 0
e x , x 0 e x , x 0
e x , x 0 2 x
x x2 e ,x 0
e ,x 0 e ,x 0
(1) x2 (2) 2 (3)
(4) x
e , x 0 x 1,x 0 e , x 0
–e , x 0
3 3x 5
18. Let f : R – 2 R, f(x) = , Let f2(x) = f(f(x)), f3(x) = f(f2(x)), ........, f n(x) = f(fn–1(x)) then
2x 3
f2017(x) + f2018(x) =
2x 2 5 x2 5 2x 2 5 x2 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2x 3 2x 3 2x 3 2x 3
5 5
19. If f(x) = [x] and g(x) = |x – 2|, then the value of gof fog is equal to
4 4
[Note: [k] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to k.]
(1) – 4 (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 4
20. The sum of all real values of for which f(x)= (2 – 2) |sinx|+ (3 – 4)|cosx| + g() has fundamental
period is equal to /2, is
(1) 4 (2) 3 (3) 5 (4) 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
21. Consider f , g, h be real-valued functions defined on R. Let f (x) – f (– x) = 0 for all x R,
g (x) + g (– x) = 0 for all x R and h (x) + h (– x) = 0 for all x R.
If f(1) = 0, f(4) = 2, f (3) = 6, g(1) = – 1, g(– 2) = 4, g(3) = 5, and h(1) = 2, h(3) = 5,
h(6) = 3.
Then the value of f g h (1) g h f (3) h f g (1) is equal to
(1) – 1 (2) 1 (3) – 7 (4) 7
22. If f(x) = 2017x + 2017 –x , g(x) = x2 – 1 then g(f(x)) is
(1) An even function (2) An odd function
(3) Neither even nor odd (4) a periodic function
23. Which of the following function is non-periodic ?
(where [.] and {.} denotes the greatest integer function and fractional part function respectively)
2x
(1) (2) sin–1({x}) (3) sin1( sin x ) (4) sin–1(cos(x2))
2[x]
5 11
24. A function f : , , defined as f(x) = x2 – 5x + 9. Number of solution of the
2 4
– 1
equation f(x) = f (x) will be
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4)
25. The range of function f(x) = sin x + cos x – [sin x] – [cos x] x R, is
(1) [0, 1) (2) [0, 2) (3) [1, 2)
(4) 0, 2
[Note: [k] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to k.]
26. Let f(x) = x2 – 4x + 5 and g(x) = 3 sin x + 4 cos x. If range of f g (x ) is [a, b], then (a + b)
equals
(1) 60 (2) 51 (3) 49 (4) 30
sin x cos x
27. Range of function f(x) = 2 + is -
1 tan x 1 cot 2 x
(1) [–1, 1] (2) (–1, 1) (3) [–1, 1) (4) (–1, 1]
1
28. If f : [1 , ) [2 , ) is given by , f (x) = x + , then f 1 (x) equals :
x
x x2 4 x x x2 4
(1) (2) (3) (4) 1 x2 4
2 1 x2 2
29. dentify the correct statement
(1) the function f(x) = cos (cos1 x) is neither odd nor even
(2) the fundamental period of f(x) = cos (sin x) + cos (cos x) is
(3) the range of the function f(x) = cos (3 sin x) is [ 1, 1]
(4) The domain of f(x) = sec–1x is (–,–1] [1,)
1 2
30. The fundamental period of function f(x) = [x] + x + x – 3x + 15, where [.] denotes
3 3
greatest integer function, is :
1 2
(1) (2) (3) 1 (4) non-periodic
3 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical value
31. Let p be the product of the non real roots of the equation
x4 – 4x3 + 6x2 – 4x = 2008.
32. Polynomial P(x) contains only terms of odd degree. When P(x) is divided by (x – 3), the remainder
is 6. If P(x) is divided by (x2 – 9) then remainder is g (x). Find the value of g (2).
33. Let f(x) = 2kx + 9 where k is a real number. If 3f(3) = f(6), then the value of f(9) – f(3)
is equal to N, where N is a natural number. Find all the composite divisors of N.
34. If f(x) = x3 + 3x2 + 4x + b sin x + c cos x x R is a one-one function, then find the maximum
value of (b2 + c2).
2x 3
35. Let f be a real valued invertible function such that f = 5x – 2, x 2. Find f –1(13).
x 2
1 , x 0
36. Let g (x) = 1 + x [ x ] and f (x) = 0 , x 0 . Then for all x, f (g (x)) is equal to (where [.]
1 , x 0
denotes greatest integer function)
37. The number of real solutions of equation 1 cos 2x = 2 sin–1 (sin x), x , is
38. Let f : R R, f(x) = x3 – 3x2 + (2 + 8) x + 24, where is the largest number for which f(x) is
f 1 f 1 31
bijective. The value of is
4
x 2 2, x 2
39. Let a bijective function g : R R be defined as g(x) =
7 x , x 2.
If graph of y = f(x) is reflection of graph of y = g(x) w.r.t. line y = x, then find f(11).
ex 1
40. Let h(x) = Ax7 + B tan x + C x + 3, where A, B, C are non zero real constants and h(–1)
e 1
2
= 6. If h sgn(1 sin x sin x ) = m, then find the value of m.
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (4) 3. (2) 4. (2) 5. (4) 6. (4) 7. (4)
8 (2) 9. (3) 10. (4) 11 . (3) 12. (4) 13. (1) 14. (1)
15. (2) 16. (4) 17. (2) 18. (1) 19. (4) 20. (3) 21. (4)
22. (1) 23. (4) 24. (2) 25. (2) 26. (2) 27. (1) 28. (1)
29. (4) 30. (1) 31. (45) 32. (4) 33. (0011) 34. (0001) 35. (3)
36. (1) 37. (2) 38. (8) 39. (0) 40. (0)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M A T HE M A T I C S
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR MA T
I O
NO. 06
LIMIT
SINGLE CORRECT :
10 x 2x 5x 1
1. lim =
x 0 ncos x
(1) n2n5 (2) n2n5 (3) 2n2n5 (4) 2n2n5
2 3 cos x sin x
2. lim =
x / 6 (6x )2
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
6 36 2 9
12 2 32 – 42 52 – ....upto n terms
3. lim , (where n is odd) =
n n2
1 1
(1) (2) (3) –1 (4) 1
2 2
1 1
4. lim 2
x
x 0 sin2 x
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 3 6 4
f(3h 3 h2 ) f(3)
5. If f’(3) = 4 and f’(1) = 2 then lim
x 0 f(3h h2 1) f(1)
(1) 2 (2) –2 (3) 3 (4) 1
en
6. Lim =
n n2
1
1
n
1
(1) 1 (2) (3) e (4) e
2
2
cosec bx
7. The value of Lim(cos ax ) is
x 0
8b2 8a 2 a2 b2
2
2 2
a b 2b 2a 2
(1) e (2) e (3) e (4) e
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
tan 3 x 3 tan x
8. Let L = Lim . The number of proper divisors of | [ L ] | where [x] denotes the
x
3 cos x
6
greatest integer function, is
(1) 24 (2) 12 (3) 8 (4) 6
9. Lim (n ) ·ln tan equals
n 4 n
(1) 4 (2) 2 (3) 2 (4) 4
sin x 2 cos x 2
10. Lim is equal to
x 0 x2
1 3 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 4 12 6
cosec x
11. If Lim 1 a sin x = 3, then a is
x 0
(1) ln 3 (2) ln 4 (3) ln 2 (4) log 2
3 ln 2 x 5 ln x 6
12. Lim is equal to
x 0 1 ln 2 x
(1) 0 (2) 3 (3) 1 (4) does not exist
1
If Lim 2n n 2n n
2 2
13. where , then is equal to
n 2
1
(1) –1 (2) 1 (3) (4) 2
2
tan 3 x 2 tan x 1
14. Lim is equal to
5
x cot 1 ( 1) tan x 2 tan x 1
1 1 1
(1) 1 (2) (3) (4)
2 3 5
p sin 2 x (1 cos 2x )
15. If Lim = 1, then p is equal to
x 0 x tan x
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) –2
3x 2 ax a 1
16. Let L = Lim . If L is finite, then
x 2 x2 x 2
4 1
(1) L = (2) L = 13 (3) L = – 2 (4) L =
3 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
( e x ) l n ( e x ) ( e x ) l n ( e x ) 2e
17. The value of Lim is equal to
x 0 (1 cos x sin x )
(1) 2e2 (2) 2 (3) 4e2 (4) 4
1 f ( x ) 3
18. Let f (x) = cos 2x · cos 4x · cos 6x · cos 8x · cos 10x, then Lim equals
x 0 5 sin 2 x
(1) 660 (2) 135 (3) 132 (4) 66
x3 1
19. If x 2
Lim ax b = 2, then
x 1
(1) a = 1, b = 1 (2) a = 1, b = 2 (3) a = 1, b = –2 (4) None of these
1
20. Let f(x) = Lim 2n . Then the set of values of x for which f(x) = 0 is
n 3
1
tan 2x 5
(1) 2 x 3 (2) 2 x 3 (3) 2 x 3 (4) 2 x 3
sin( x 2 )
21. Lim is equal to
x0
ln cos(2 x 2 x )
(1) 2 (2) – 2 (3) 1 (4) – 1
100 x 99 sin x
22. The value of Lim (where [ · ] represents the greatest integer function)
x 0 sin x
x
is
(1) 199 (2) 198 (3) 0 (4) None of these
1 cos1 cos(1 cos x )
23. If Lim is finite then the maximum value of a is
x 0 xa
(1) 8 (2) 7 (3) 6 (4) 5
24. Let A(n) denote the sum of first n-terms of the sequence 3, 6, 11, 18, 27, ………. and B(n)
A (n )
denote the sum of first n-terms of the sequence 3, 7, 13, 21, ……… then Lim is equal to
n B(n )
1 2
(1) (2) (3) 1 (4) 2
2 3
sin 2 5x · tan 3 4 x
25. Lim equals to
x 0 ln 5 (2 x 1)
(1) 25 (2) 50 (3) 75 (4) 100
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
x
sin 1(1 cos x ). sec
26. The value of Lim
2 is equal to
x ( x )
1
(1) –1 (2) (3) 2 (4) –2
2
1
f (x ) g (x )
27. If Lim 2 3 and Lim 4 , then the value of Lim 1 f ( x ) g ( x ) is equal to
x 0 x x 0 1 cos x x 0
4 3
(1) e2 (2) e3 (3) e4 (4) e2
28. Lim equals
x 0 4 x
2x e x 1
2 2 2
(1) (2) (3) (4) none of these
2 4 8
1 1p m
29. Let Lim p ln e 1 equal where m and n are relatively prime positive integer..
p p n
Find (m + n).
(1) 2 (2) 5 (3) 7 (4) 10
30. Let f(x) be a cubic polynomial and g(x) be a quadratic polynomial with same leading coefficient
f (x ) f (x)
and g(x) = 0 has roots and . If Lim 1 and Lim 4 then – is equal to
x g (x ) x g( x )
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 1 (4) 4
Numerical Value
1 x2
31 Let f(x) = cos1
1 x2 .
If Lim f (x ) does not exist, then the number of values of a are
xa
[Note : [x] denotes greatest integer function less than or equal to x.]
(x c)4 x 4
32. The value of Lim when x = 2 is
c 0 c
4x 2 16 x 16 m
33. Given that Lim
x 2 3x 3 9 x 2 12 = n , where m and n are relatively prime natural numbers,
then the sum of m and n is equal to
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
1
2 ex sin x
34. Let f(x) = 4
, then Lim f ( x ) is equal to
|x| x0
1 ex
35. If Lim Ax 2 12 x Bx = 3 (A, B > 0), then the value of (A + B), is
x
tan 2x sin 2x
36. The value of Lim is equal to
x
2
x
2
2 ln x ln x
93 92 9
37. If Lim = ln(3p) · ln where p & q N, then the value of (p + q), is
x 1 ln x q
38. If Lim ax 2 bx cx 2 and c2 + a = 18, then the value of (a + b + 5c) is equal to
x
ln cos 3x cos x
39. The value of Lim is equal to
x 0 ln sin x
x
40. Lim 2 x 4 tan 1 (1 2 ) is equal to
x
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (1) 3. (1) 4. (2) 5. (1) 6. (4) 7. (3)
8. (4) 9. (3) 10. (3) 11. (1) 12. (2) 13. (2) 14. (3)
15. (2) 16. (4) 17. (4) 18. (4) 19. (3) 20. (1) 21. (2)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (3) 25. (2) 26. (1) 27. (4) 28. (3)
29. (2) 30. (1) 31 (6) 32. (32) 33. (13) 34. (1) 35. (6)
36. (0) 37. (20) 38. (12) 39. (2) 40. (2)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPPDAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 07
CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
SINGLE CORRECT :
3 1 tan x tan x
;
1
2
x0
1. If f(x) = ;x0
6
sin x
sin x 2
3 1 3 ;0x
3
is a continuous function at x = 0, then the ordered pair (, ) is equal to
2 3
(1) (2, e2) (2) 2, (3) (2, 3e2) (4) 2,
e2 e2
sin (e x 2 1)
2. If f(x) = , x 2 is continuous at x = 2, then f (2) =
ln ( x 1)
(1) 0 (2) 2 (3) 1 (4) 2
2sin x 2tan x
if x 0
3. Let f (x) = tan x sin x .
k if x 0
If f (x) is continuous at x = 0, then the value of k, is
1 1 1
(1) ln 2 (2) ln (3) (4)
2 ln 2 ln 2
x{x} 1 0 x 1
4. Consider the function f (x) =
where {x} denotes the fractional part
2 {x} 1 x 2
function. Then
(1) f (x) is discontinuous at x = 1.
(2) f (0) = f (2)
(3) f (x) has an isolated point discontinuity at x = 1.
(4) f (x) is discontinuous in [0, 2]
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
a bx for x 2
5. If f (x) = 3 for x 2 is continuous at x = 2 then the value of a and b respectively are
b ax 2 for x 2
1 4 1 5 1 5
(1) , (2) , (3) , (4) – 1, – 1
3 3 3 3 3 3
x 3 , x 1
6. Let f(x) = 2 .
ax bx c, x 1
If f "(x) is continuous everywhere, then which one of the following is correct?
(1) a = 3, b = – 3, c = 1 (2) a = – 3, b = 3, c = 1
(3) a = 3, b = 3, c = – 2 (4) cannot be determined
7. If the derivative of the function f(x) is everywhere continuous and is given by
bx 2 ax 4; x 1
f(x) = 2 , then
ax b; x 1
(1) a = 2, b = 3 (2) a = 3, b = 2 (3) a = –2, b = –3 (4) a = –3, b = –2
8. Which one of the following function is continuous?
1 1 1
sin , x0 sin , x 0
(1) f(x) = x x (2) f(x) = x
1, x 0 1, x0
1 1
x sin , x0 x sin , x0
(3) f(x) = x (4) f(x) = x
0, x 0 1, x 0
9. Let f (x) = –1 + |x – 2| and g(x) = 1 – |x|, then the set of all points where (fog)(x) is discontinuous
is
(1) {0, 1, 2} (2) {0, 2} (3) {0} (4) an empty set
10. Which one of the following statement is incorrect?
[Note : {x} and [x] denotes fractional part of x and greatest integer less than or equal to
x respectively.]
1
x sin , x0
(1) f(x) = x (2) y = | x | is a continuous function.
0, x 0
is continuous in its domain.
1 1
(3) f(x) = is continuous in (– , 0]. (4) f(x) = {2x} + [2x] is a continuous function.
x |x|
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
1
x
cot x , x 1 , 1 {0}
11. If the function f (x) = 4 2 2 is continuous at x = 0,
k , x 0
then k is equal to
(1) e–3 (2) e–2 (3) e2 (4) e3
x 2 px 1, x is rational
12. If the function f (x) = 2
px 2 x q, x is irrational
is continuous at x = 1 and x = 2, then (p + q) is equal to
1 2 3 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 3 4 4
1 2 x 2 2 cos x cos 2 x
, x0
13. Let f (x) = x 2 .
k, x0
If f (x) is continuous at x = 0 then k is equal to
(1) – 2 (2) – 1 (3) 2 (4) 1
14. Let [x] denote the integral part of x R and g(x) = x [x]. Let f(x) be any continuous function with
f(0) = f(1), then the function h(x) = f(g(x)) :
(1) has finitely many discontinuities (2) is continuous on R
(3) is discontinuous at some x = c (4) is a constant function.
15. If f(x) = [x2] + {x}2 , where [.] and {.} denote the greatest integer and fractional part functions
respectively, then-
(1) f(x) is continuous at all integral points (2) f(x) is continuous and differentiable at x = 0
(3) f(x) is discontinuous for all x – {1} (4) f(x) is not differentiable for all x .
cot x
x x2 , 0 | x | 1
16. Let f (x) = .
1
, x0
3
If f (x) is continuous at x = 0, then find the value of (22).
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 6 (4) 8
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
1
x 2 e x ; x 0
17. If f ( x )
k ; x0
is continuous at x = 0, then
[Note : {x} denotes fractional part of x.]
(1) f(x) is differentiable at x = 0
(2) k = 1
(3) f(x) is continuous but not differentiable at x = 0
(4) f(x) is continuous every where in its domain.
10 x 2 if 3 x 3
18. Given f (x) =
2 e x 3 if x 3
The graph of f (x) is
(1) continuous and differentiable at x = 3 (2) continuous but not differentiable at x = 3
(3) differentiable but not continuous at x = 3 (4) neither differentiable nor continuous at x = 3
e x a for x 0
19. If f (x) = , is
x 3 for x 0
differentiable at x = 0 then 'a' equals
(1) – 2 (2) – 3 (3) – 4 (4) none
20. Let f : R R be a function defined by f(x) = min. x 1, x 1 .
Then which one of the following is true?
(1) f(x) 1 x R. (2) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 1.
(3) f(x) is differentiable for x R. (4) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0.
21. Let f (x) be continuous and differentiable function for all reals.
f (h )
f (x + y) = f (x) – 3xy + f (y). If Lim = 7, then the value of f ' (x) is
h 0 h
(1) – 3x (2) 7 (3) – 3x + 7 (4) 2 f (x) + 7
x 3 2 x 2 ax 6, x 1
22. If f(x) =
2 x b, x 1
is differentiable for all x R, then the value of (a + b) is equal to
(1) – 3 (2) 7 (3) 5 (4) 2
1
f (x h ) h
23. Let f(x) be a differentiable function such that Lim = e(tan x) f (– x) and f (0) = 1,
h 0 f ( x )
then the value of f ' (0) is equal to
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) e (4) – e
x 2 2x (k 1) 2, x 1
24. If f (x) = is continuous and differentiable, then the value of k is
x 1, x 1
1 1
(1) 0 (2) (3) (4) no such value exists
2 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
25.
If f(x) = x x x 1 , then indicate the correct alternative(s) :
(1) f(x) is conti. but not differentiable at x = 0(2) f(x) is differentiable at x = 0
(3) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0 (4) none
sin( p 1) x sin x
, x0
x
26. The value of p and q for which the function f (x) = q, x 0
2
xx x , x 0
x3 / 2
is continuous for all x in R, is
5 1 3 1 1 3 1 3
(1) p = ,q= (2) p = ,q= (3) p = ,q= (4) p = ,q=
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ax b, x 1
27. If f (x) = 3
ax x 2b, otherwise
is differentiable in (– , ) then (ab) is equal to
1 1
(1) (2) 0 (3) (4) 2
2 2
28. The function f (x) = x 2 2 x 4 + x 2 2x 4 is differentiable at all points of its
domain except at x =
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 10
1
29. A differentiable function f is satisfying the relation f(x+y) = f(x) + f(y) + 2xy(x+y) – x, y R .
3
4
and f’(0) = , then f(x) =
3
4 4x 4x 2x3
(1) +x2 (2) + x2 (3) + (4) 0
3 3 3 3
sin{cos x}
x / 2 , x 2
30. If f(x) = , where {.} represents the fractional part function, then
1 , x
2
lim
(1) f(x) is continuous at x = (2) x
f(x) exists , but f is not continuous at x =
2 2 2
lim lim
(3) x
f(x) does not exist. (4) x
f(x) = 1
2 2
NUMERICAL VALUE
31. If f(x) takes only rational values for all real x and is continuous, then the value of f(10) is
Lim (6 t 10 t )1t ; x 0
32. If f (x) = t is a continuous function and has a minimum value 6 then find
x 2 px c ; x0
| p | c
the value of .
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
33. Number of points where the function f (x) = (x2 – 1) | x2 – x – 2 | + sin( | x | ) is not differentiable,
is
2x tan 1 x a , x 0
34. Let g(x) = 3 2 .
x x bx , 0x
If g(x) is differentiable for all x (–, ) then (a2 + b2) is equal to
k, x 3
3 2
35. Let f(x) = 2x 3x 32 x 15
, x 3
(x 3)
The value of k for which f(x) is continuous for all real values of x, is
36. If f( x + y) = f(x) + f(y) + c, for all real x and y and f(x) is continuous at x = 0 and f ' (0) = 1 then f '
(x) equals to
f (4 x )
37. Let f : (1, ) (0, ) be a continuous decreasing function with Lim 1.
x f (8x )
f (6 x )
Then Lim is equal to
x f (8x )
1 1
38. If y = 2 where t = , then number of points where f(x) is discontinuous is
t 2t 15 x2
|| x | 3 |, for | x | 4
39. If f(x) = 5 | x | for | x | 4
, then number of points where f(x) is non-differentiable is
x 2 5x , x 0
40. Given f (x) = | 7 3x | sin[ x ], 0 x 1
x 2, 1 x
where , R and [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to x. If f (x) is continuous
for all x R, then find ( – ).
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4. (4) 5. (2) 6. (1) 7. (1)
8. (3) 9. (4) 10. (3) 11. (2) 12. (1) 13. (1) 14. (2)
15. (1) 16. (1) 17. (1) 18. (2) 19. (3) 20. (3) 21. (3)
22. (1) 23. (1) 24. (4) 25. (2) 26. (2) 27. (1) 28. (3)
29. (3) 30. (3) 31. 0 32. 7 33. 2 34. 9 35. 40
36. 1 37. 1 38. 3 39. 5 40. 5
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 6
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 08
METHOD OF DIFFERENTIATION
SINGLE CORRECT :
2 3
1. Let f(x) = cos–1 2x 1 x then f ' equals
2
1 1
(1) – 4 (2) 4 (3) (4)
4 4
1
2. Let f be a function satisfying 2f (ln x) + f (1 – ln x) = 1 + x2, x > 0 then f ' equals
2
3e e 4e
(1) (2) (3) 2e (4)
2 2 3
3. Let f and g be differentiable function on R such that g(1) = 1 = g'(1) and f '(0) = 3.
If h(x) = f 2 x g( x ) cos x 1 , then h'(1) equals
(1) 8 (2) 12 (3) 24 (4) 36
( x 1)( x 2) 2
4. If f (x) = then f '(0) is equal to
( x 3)3 (x 4) 4
(1) 0 (2) f (0) (3) 2f (0) (4) 4f (0)
1
5. If f (x) = 2 sin
1
1 x sin 1 2 x (1 x) where x 0 ,
2
then f ' (x) has the value equal to
2 2
(1) x (1 x) (2) zero (3) x (1 x) (4)
x4 x2 1 dy
6. If y = 2 and = ax + b then the value of a + b is equal to
x 3x 1 dx
5 5 5 5
(1) cot (2) cot (3) tan (4) tan
8 12 12 8
dy
7. If y = y(x) and it follows the relation x2x – 2xx cot y – 1 = 0. Then equals
dx
1,
2
(1) – 1 (2) 1 (3) ln 2 (4) – ln 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
1 2x 4 1 4x
8. If y = 3 then y ' (0) equals
1 3x 5 1 5 x 7 1 7 x
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) – 1 (4) 2
2x 1 x 2x
9. If f(x) = cos–1
4 x 2
+ tan–1
1 2 x 3 / 2 and g(x) = tan
–1
2x , then derivative of f(x)
with respect to g(x) at x = 2 is
2 2 2 1
(1) (2) (3) 2 (4)
5 5 10
10. Let f : (– 5, 5) R be a differentiable function with f(4) = 1, f '(4) = 1, f(0) = – 1 and f '(0) = 1.
2
2
If g(x) = f (2f ( x ) 2) , then g'(0) equals
(1) 4 (2) – 4 (3) 8 (4) – 8
dy
11. If (6x2 – 5xy + y2) (x2 – y2 + 2x) = 0 and l = Lim , then sum of all possible values of l is
x dx
(1) 3 (2) 5 (3) 6 (4) 7
dy
12. Let f '(x) = sin x2 and y = f(x2 + 1) then at x = 2 is
dx
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 4 sin 5 (4) 4 sin 25
13. If ln (x + y) = 2xy, then y ' (0) =
(1) 1 (2) –1 (3) 2 (4) 0
14. A function f satisfies the relation f(x) = f "(x) + f "'(x) + ...... where f(x) is a differentiable
function indefinitely. If f(1) = 5 then the value of f '(1) + f "(1) is equal to
(1) 0 (2) – 5 (3) 5 (4) cannot be determined
x
15. Let f(x) = x5 + e 3 and g(x) = f –1(x) then the value of g'(1) is
1 1
(1) 1 (2) (3) 3 (4)
3 8
dy
16. If ex + ey = ex+y then is not equal to
dx
xy 1 ey 1 ey
(1) e
(2) (3) ey – 1 (4)
e x
1 1 ex ex
4 d
17. Let f (x) = | x 2 | 4 1 and g (x) = 2 . The value of gf ( x ) at x = 0 is
x dx
(1) – 4 (2) – 8 (3) 4 (4) does not exist.
d2 y d 2x
18. If a curve is represented parametrically by the equations x = f (t) and y = g(t) then 2
dy 2
dx
is equal to (where f ' (t) 0, g ' (t) 0)
2 3
g' ( t ) g' ( t ) g' ( t )
(1) 1 (2) (3) (4)
f ' (t) f ' (t) f ' (t)
19.
2
If y = y(x) and it follows the relation e xy y cos x 2 = 5 then y'(0) is equal to
(1) 4 (2) – 16 (3) – 4 (4) 16
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
dy
20. If y3 + x3 + 3xy = 15, then at (1, 2) is equal to
dx
3 3 5 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 5 3 3
1 dy
21. If y = tan u, where u = v – and v = ln x, then the value of at x = e is equal to
v dx
1 2
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) (4)
e e
3x 2 5
22. If f(x) = and g (x) is the inverse of f (x) then g ' is equal to
5x 3 2
4 19
(1) – 19 (2) 19 (3) (4)
19 4
d 2x
23. If y = x + ex , then is equal to
dy 2
ex ex 1
(1) ex (2) – (3) – (4)
(1 e x )3 (1 e x )2 (1 e x )2
24. Let g(x) = f(x) sin x , where f(x) is a twice derivable function on (– , ) such that f '(–) = 1.
The value of g"(–) equals
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) –2 (4) 0
d2y
25. If y = f (x) and z = g(x), then equals
dz 2
g' f " f ' g" g' f " f ' g" g' f ' f " g" g ' f " f ' g"
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(g ' ) 2 (g ' ) 3
(g ' )3 (g ' )3
3
d 2 x dy
26. If y = ex + x sin x + x2 , then value of · at x = 0 equals
dy 2 dx
(1) 5 (2) –5 (3) 0 (4) 4
2 2
27. If f (x) is a function such that f (x) + f "(x) = 0 and g(x) = f ( x ) f ' ( x ) and g(5) = 7, then g(7)
is equal to
(1) 0 (2) 5 (3) 7 (4) 12
dx
28. If x = 3 cos – 2 cos3 and y = 3 sin – 2 sin3 . Then 2 will be
dy
1
(1) –3 (2) – (3) 3 (4) does not exist
3
x
29. If f is twice differentiable function on R and g(x) = f (x) · sin where f ' (2) 1 , then g"(2) is
2
(1) 1 (2) –1 (3) 0 (4) 2
2
d y
30. Let y = cos–1 x where x (–1, 1), then is equal to
dx 2
x x
(1) – cosec2y · cot y (2) cosec2y · cot y (3) (4)
3 1 x2
1 x 2 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
NUMERICAL VALUE
31. Let x = f(t) and y = g(t), where x and y are twice differentiable function.
d 2y
If f '(0) = g'(0) = f "(0) = 2, g"(0) = 6, then the value of 2
is equal to
dx t 0
32. If f–1(x) = x3 + 3x – 4 then 36f " (0) equals
2
dy
33. If x = sec – cos and y = sec3 – cos3, then the value of at x = 0, is
dx
2
d 2 y dy
34. If x = cos t and y = ln t then the value of at t = is equal to
dx dx
2
2
2x 1 1 x2
35. Let f(x) = cos1 2 and g(x) = sin
, then derivative of f(x) with respect to g(x)
2
1 x 1 x
1
at x = is equal to
2
2t 1 t2 d2x
36. If sin x = and cot y = , then the value of , is equal to
1 t2 2t dy 2
37. If y is a function of x and ln(x + y) = 2xy, then find the value of y'' (0).
38. If x = 1 is a root of equation x4 + ax3 + bx2 + cx – 1 = 0 repeated thrice, then (a + b + 2c) is equal
to
39. Let f : R R be an even function which is twice derivable on R and f "() = 1, then f "(– ) is equal
to
40. Suppose f and g are two functions such that f, g : R R,
f (x) = ln 1 1 x 2 and g (x) = ln x 1 x 2
1 '
then find the value of x eg(x) f g ' ( x ) at x = 1.
x
ANSWER KEY
1. (2) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4. (1) 5. (2) 6. (2) 7. (1)
8. (3) 9. (3) 10. (4) 11. (2) 12. (4) 13. (1) 14. (3)
15. (3) 16. (3) 17. (2) . 18. (4) 19. (2) 20. (2) 21. (4)
22. (3) 23. (2) 24. (3) 25. (2) 26. (2) 27. (3) 28. (2)
29. (2) 30. (1) 31. (1) 32. (1) 33. (9) 34. (0) 35. (1)
36. (0) 37. (8) 38. (2) 39. (1) 40. (0)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 09
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVE
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. Let f (x) = x3 + ax + b, with a b, and suppose the tangent lines to the graph of f at x = a and
x = b have the same gradient. The value of f (1) is equal to
1 2
(1) 1 (2) – (3) (4) 0
3 3
2. A point is moving along the curve y3 = 27x. The interval in which the abscissa changes at slower
rate than ordinate, is
(1) (–3 , 3) (2) (– , ) (3) (–1, 1) (4) (– , –3) (3, )
3. The line which is parallel to x-axis and crosses the curve y = x at an angle of is
4
1 1 1 1
(1) y = (2) x = (3) y = (4) y =
2 2 4 2
4. Suppose that water is emptied from a spherical tank of radius 10 cm. If the depth of the water in
the tank is 4 cm and is decreasing at the rate of 2 cm/sec, then the radius of the top surface of
water is decreasing at the rate of
(1) 1 (2) 2/3 (3) 3/2 (4) 2
5. If the tangent at (1, 1) on y2 = x (2 x)2 meets the curve again at P then the co-ordinates of P are
9 3
(1) ,
4 8
(2) 3 , 3 (3) (4, 4) (4) none of these
6. Minimum distance between the curves f(x) = ex and g(x) = ln x is
1
(1) 2 (2)
2
(3) 1 (4) 2 2 1
7. The curve y = x3 + x2 – x has two horizontal tangents. The distance between these two horizontal
lines, is
13 11 22 32
(1) (2) (3) (4)
9 9 27 27
8. The equation of normal to the curve x + y = xy, where it cuts the x-axis is equal to
(1) y = – 2x + 2 (2) y = 3x – 3 (3) y = x – 1 (4) 2y = x – 1
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. Equation of tangent to the curve y = 9 2x 2 at the point where ordinate and abscissa are
equal, is
(1) 2x – y + 3 =0 (2) 2x – y – 3 =0
(3) 2x + y + 3 3 = 0 (4) 2x + y – 3 3 = 0
10. Equation of the line normal to the graph of y = x3 + 3x2 + 7x – 1 at the point where x = – 1, is
(1) 4x + y = – 10 (2) 4x – y = 2 (3) 2x – y = 4 (4) x + 4y = – 25
11. The distance between the origin and the normal to the curve y = e2x + x2 at x = 0, is
1 2 2 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 5 3 2
x
x y
12. If equation of tangent to the curve y = e 2 where it crosses the y-axis is = 1,
a b
then (a – b) is equal to
(1) – 3 (2) – 2 (3) 2 (4) 3
13. The y-intercept of the line normal to the curve y2 = x2 + 33 (y > 0) at the point with abscissa 4
is
(1) 7 (2) 10 (3) 14 (4) none
14. The difference between the greatest and least values of the function,
1 1
f(x) = cos x + cos 2x cos 3x is :
2 3
(1) 4/3 (2) 1 (3) 9/4 (4) 1/6
3
ax
15. The set of value(s) of 'a' for which the function f (x) = + (a + 2) x2 + (a 1) x + 2 possess a
3
negative point of inflection .
(1) (, 2) (0, ) (2) { 4/5 }
(3) ( 2, 0) (4) empty set
16. If the function f (x) = 2 x2 k x + 5 is increasing in [1, 2] , then ' k ' lies in the interval
(1) (, 4) (2) (4 , ) (3) (, 8] (4) (8 , )
17. A line passing through (2, 4) and forming the least area with positive semi axes has its slope
equal to
1
(1) – 1 (2) – (3) – 2 (4) – 4
2
18. A rectangle has one side on the positive y-axis and one side on the positive x - axis. The upper
nx
right hand vertex of the rectangle lies on the curve y = . The maximum area of the rectangle
x2
is
(1) e–1 (2) e – ½ (3) 1 (4) e½
19. Let f (x) = 5 + 6x + 12x2 – 2x3 – x4 and let g (x) = f ' (x) for – < x < . At what value of x is g (x)
increasing most rapidly?
1
(1) – 2 (2) – (3) 1 (4) 2
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
20. Let f : [1, 2] [1, 4] and g : [1, 2] [2, 7] be two continuous bijective functions such that
f (1) = 4 and g (2) = 7. Number of solution of the equation f (x) = g (x) in (1, 2) is equal to
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 3
3 1
21. The range of values of a for which the function f(x) = x cos a , 0 x 1
x, 1 x 3
has the smallest value at x = 1, is
(1) [cos 2, 0] (2) [–1, cos 2] (3) [0, 1] (4) [–1, 1]
22. The maximum value of f(x) = x3 – x2 + x for all x A where A = {x | f(x) 0}, is
(1) 3 (2) 2 (3) 1 (4) 0
t 3x x 2
23. If the function f (x) = , where 't' is a parameter has a minimum and a maximum then
x4
the range of values of 't' is
(1) (0, 4) (2) (0, ) (3) (– , 4) (4) (4, )
24. Let f(x) = 1+ xm (x–1)n where m, n N. Then in (0,1) the equation f (x) = 0 has
(1) no root (2) at least one root (3) at most one root (4) exactly one root
25. Let f (x) = x + x on [1, 4]. The mean value theorem says that there must be some number 'c'
between 1 and 4 so that f '(c) is equal to the average slope of f (x) on [1, 4]. the number 'c' must
be
5 9 11
(1) (2) (3) (4) 3
2 4 4
26. There are 50 apple trees in an orchard. Each tree produces 800 apples. For each additional tree
planted in the orchard, the output per additional tree drops by 10 apples. Number of trees that
should be added to the existing orchard for maximising the output of the trees, is
(1) 5 (2) 10 (3) 15 (4) 20
2
27. Let f ' (x) = e x and f (0) = 10. If A < f (1) < B can be concluded from the Mean Value Theorem,
then the largest value of (A – B) equals
(1) e (2) 1 – e (3) e – 1 (4) 1 + e
2
28. Number of critical points of the function f(x) = x 2 (2x + 1) is equal to
3
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 3
29. The values of for which the points of extremum of the function
f(x) = x3 – 3x2 + 3(2 – 1) x + 1 lie in the interval (– 2, 4) will be equal to
(1) (– 1, 3) (2) (3, 4) (3) (– 4, – 2) (4) (– 2, – 1)
30. Let f (x) =
| x |, for 0 | x | 2 . Then at x = 0, f has
1, for x 0
(1) a local maximum (2) no local maximum
(3) a local minimum (4) no extremum.
k
31. The value of k for which the function f (x) = x has a relative maximum at x = – 2, is
x
(1) – 4 (2) – 2 (3) 2 (4) 4
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
32. In which one of the following functions, Rolle's theorem is applicable?
(1) f(x) = | x |, in –2 x 2 (2) f(x) = tan x, in 0 x
2
(3) f(x) = 1 + ( x 2) 3 , in 1 x 3 (4) f(x) = x(x – 2)2 in 0 x 2
33. Let f (t) = t2 for 0 t 1 and g (t) = t3 for 0 t 1. The value of c with 0 < c < 1
f (1) f (0) f ' (c)
at which , is
g(1) g (0) g' (c)
2 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 2 6
f (x)
34. A function f is differentiable in [0, 10] and f(0) = 4 and f(10) = –1. If g(x) = and c (0, 10)
x2
then g' (c) is must be equal to
5 5 5 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
10 24 10 24
35. The y-intercept of tangent line drawn to the curve x = t2 + 3t – 8 and y = 2t2 – 2t – 5 at the point
(2, – 1) is
12 15 11 19
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7 7 7 7
NUMERICAL VALUE
36. If the function f (x) = 2x2 + 3x + 5 satisfies LMVT at x = 2 on the closed interval [1, a] then the value
of 'a' is equal to
37. Number of integral values of p for which the cubic 2x3 – 3x2 + p = 0 has 3 real roots (not
necessarily distinct), is
38. The smallest natural number c for which the equation ex = cx2 has exactly three real and
distinct solutions, is
39. Let f(x) = x3 + px2 + qx + 6, where p, q R. If f ' (x) is negative in largest possible interval
5
, 1 , then the value of (p + q) is
3
40. Let f(x) = | 3x – 6 | – | x + 1 | + | 2x + 4 | be a function defined on the set of real numbers. The
minimum value of f(x) is
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (4) 4. (3) 5. (1) 6. (1) 7. (4)
8. (3) 9. (4) 10. (4) 11. (2) 12. (4) 13. (3) 14. (3)
15. (1) 16. (1) 17. (3) 18. (1) 19. (2) 20. (2) 21. (2)
22. (4) 23. (3) 24. (2) 25. (2) 26. (3) 27. (2) 28. (3)
29. (1) 30. (1) 31. (4) 32. (4) 33. (1) 34. (4) 35. (4)
36. (3) 37. (2) 38. (2) 39. (9) 40. (5)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPP DAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 10
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
SINGLE CORRECT :
e x ( x 3 x 1)
1. dx equals
x 2
1
32
(1) x ex (1 + x2)5/2 + C (2) x ex (1 + x2)3/2 + C
(3) x ex (1 + x2)–1/2 + C (4) none
cos 5x cos 4x
2. dx equals
1 2 cos 3x
sin 2 x cos 3x
(1) – sin x – +C (2) – sin x + C
2 3
sin 5x sin 4x
(3) +C (4) sin x + sin 2x + C
5 4
x 5m 1 2x 4m 1
3. If m is a non-zero real number and 2 m dx = f(x) + C, where C is constant of
(x x m 1)3
integration, then f(x) is
x 5m x 4m 2m ( x 5 m x 4 m )
(1) (2)
2m(x 2m x m 1) 2 ( x 2 m x m 1) 2
x 4m x 5m
(3) (4)
2m(x 2m x m 1) 2
2m · x 2 m x m 1 2
1
xx 3 3
dx is equal to
4. x 4
4 4
3 1 3 3 1 3
(1) 1 + C (2) 1 + C
8x 8 x
4 4
3 1 3 3 1 3
(3) 1 + C (4) 1 2 + C
8 x 4 x
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
x3 x 2 x 1
5. If x 5 1 dx = A ln | x5 + 1| + B ln | x + 1| + C, then
(1) 5A + B = – 1 (2) 5A + B = 0 (3) 5A + B = 1 (4) 5A + B = – 2
3
6. x ( x 2 1)1 / 4 dx
(1)
2 x 2 1
5/ 4
2
(4 5x ) C (2)
2 x 2 1 5/ 4
(5 4 x 2 ) C
45 45
(3)
x 1
2 5/ 4
(4 x 2 ) C (4)
x 1
2 4/5
(4 x 2 1) C
45 45
dx
7. e x ex is equal to
(1) tan–1(ex) + C (2) tan–1(e–x) + C (3) ln (ex – e–x) + C (4) ln (ex + e–x) + C
(Where C is constant of integration)
sin ( log 2 x )
8. dx is equal to
x
ln 2 ln 2
(1) cos ( log2x) + C (2) cos ( log2x) + C
1 1
(3) cos ( log2x) + C (4) cos ( log2x) + C
(where C is constant of integration)
9. e
x
sin e x 1dx is equal to
1
(1) – cos ex – 1 + C (2) – e cos ex – 1 + C (3) cos ex – 1 + C (4) – cos ex – 1 + C
e
x 1 1
10. . dx equals :
x 1 x2
1 x2 1 x2 1 1
(1) sin 1 + (2) + cos 1 +c
x x x x
x2 1 x2 1
(3) sec 1 x +c (4) tan 1 2
x 1 +c
x x
x 1 2
11. x ln x ln x dx is equal to (where C is contant of integration)
x
2 1
(1) xx ln x + C (2) xx (ln x – x) + C
x
x x ln 2 x
(3) +C (4) xx ln x + C
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
tan x
4
12. cos2 x tan3 x tan 2 x tan x dx is equal to
1 1
(1) 2 tan 1 tan x 1 C (2) 2 tan 1 tan x 1 C
tan x tan x
1 1
(3) 3 tan 1 tan x 1 C (4) 3 tan 1 tan x 1 C
tan x tan x
(where C is constant of integration.)
ex
2x e
x
13. The integral (x 1) ·e x dx equals
ex ex ex ex
(1) x2 · e x +c (2) x ·e x +c (3) (x2 + 1) e x +c (4) (x + 1) e x +c
x ·sec 2 x tan x
14. (tan2 x) dx = f (x) + C (where C is constant of integration) such that Lim
x0
f (x ) = –1,
n
then Lim , n N equals
x 0 f (x)
[Note: [k] denotes greatest integer function less than or equal to k.]
(1) n (2) 1 – n (3) n – 1 (4) – 1 – n
cos4 x
15. The value of 3
dx is
sin 3 x (sin 5 x cos5 x ) 5
2 3
1 5
1 5
3
(1) 2 tan5 x c
(2) 1 tan5 x
3
c
2 3
1 5
1 5
(3)
2
1 cot5 x c
(4) 1 cot 4 x
2
c
x 1 2
16. x ln x ln x dx is equal to
x
1
(1) x x ln 2 x C (2) xx (ln x – x) + C
x
x x ln 2 x
(3) C (4) xx ln x + C
2
sin ln ( 2 2x )
17. The value of the integral dx is
x 1
2
(1) – cos ln (2x + 2) + C (2) ln sin +C
x 1
2 2
(3) cos +C (4) sin +C
x 1 x 1
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
cot x
18. The value of 5 9 cot 2 x
dx is equal to
1 1 2 sin x 1 1 3 sin x
(1) sin +C (2) sin +C
2 3 2 2
1 1 3 sin x 1 1 2 sin x
(3) sin +C (4) sin +C
3 2 3 3
(where C is constant of integration.)
x 2 x 1 cot 1 x cot 1 x
19. If 2
·e
dx = A (x) · e + C, where C is constant of integration, then
x 1
A (x) is equal to
(1) – x (2) 1 x (3) x (4) 1 x
ln x 1x 2
20. x. dx equals :
1x 2
2 x 2 x
(1) 1 x 2 ln x 1x x + c (2) . ln2 x 1x +c
2 1 x 2
x x
2 2
(3) . ln2 x 1x + 2 +c (4) 1 x 2 ln x 1x + x + c
2 1 x
dx
21. 3
equals :
cos x . sin 2x
2 2
(1) (tan x)5/2 + 2 tan x + c (2) (tan2 x + 5) tan x + c
5 5
2
(3) (tan2 x + 5) 2 tanx + c (4) none
5
(2 x 1)
22. (x 2 4x 1)3 / 2 dx
x3 x
(1) C (2) C
( x 2 4x 1)1 / 2 ( x 4x 1)1 / 2
2
x2 1
(3) C (4) C
( x 2 4x 1)1 / 2 ( x 4x 1)1 / 2
2
sec 2 x ln 2
23. If dx = g(x) + c, where g = , then Lim g( x ) is equal to
tan 2017 x tan x 4 2016 x 2
(where c is constant of integration)
1
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) (4) – ln 2
2016
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
1 1 bx 2
24. If 6x 2 13x 6 dx = ln + C, where a, b R and C is constant of integration,
a 2x b
then a + b is equal to
(1) 3 (2) 5 (3) 7 (4) 8
1 cos 8x
25. If the integral cot 2x tan 2x dx = A cos 8x + k, where k is an arbitrary constant,
then A is equal to
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 16 16 8
dx
26. equals
2
x x 1 5
4/5
5
1 x 5 5
1 x 5
5
1 x 5 5
1 x 5
(1) c + (2) c (3) c (4) c +
4x x 5x x
cos3 x cos5 x
27. sin 2 xsin 4 x dx
(1) sin x 6 tan1 (sin x) + c (2) sin x 2 sin1 x + c
(3) sin x 2 (sin x)1 6 tan1 (sin x) + c (4) sin x 2 (sin x)1 + 5 tan1 (sin x) + c
x2 2
28. x 4 4 dx is equal to
1 x2 2 1
(1) tan 1 C (2) tan 1 ( x 2 2) C
2 2x 2
1 2x
tan 1 2 1 x2 2
(3) C (4) tan 1 C
2 x 2 2 2x
2 ln ( x 2 1)
29. Evaluate the integral : e dx
1 5 3 3
(1) x x xC (2) 5x5 + 3x3 + x + C
5 2
1 5 2 3
(3) x x xC (4) 2x + C
5 3
3x 2
30. Let F(x) be the primitive of w.r.t. x. If F(10) = 60 then the value of F(13), is
x 9
(1) 66 (2) 132 (3) 248 (4) 264
dx
31. 3 x 5 / 2 ( x 1)7 / 2
1/ 6 1 / 6 5/6 5/6
x 1 x 1 x x
(1) C (2) 6 C (3) C (4) C
x x x 1 x 1
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
32. Let f : R R be a derivable function satisfying f(y) f(x – y) = f(x) x, y R and f '(0) = p, f '(5) =
q, then f '(– 5) is f (0) 0
p p2 q
(1) (2) (3) (4) q
q q p
x2 x 1
33. If dx = F(x) + c, where c is constant of integration and F(0) = 0, then F(–1)
3x 2 4 x 6
equals
5 1 5 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
6 6 6 6
4 x 2 3x 2
34. dx equals
3 1 x
1
x
2 2
1 3 3 2 1 3
(1) x2 1 x + c (2) ·x 1 x + c
x 2 x
2 2
3 1 3 1 3
(3) x ·1 x c (4) x 1 x c
2 x x
23 31 x p (1 x )q
35. If x 1 x (3 7 x ) dx =
r
+ C where p, q, r N and C is integration constant
then H.C.F. of (p, q, r) is
(1) 8 (2) 4 (3) 2 (4) 1
n
36. If In = (sin x ) dx n N , then 5I4 – 6I6 is equal to
(1) sin x · (cos x)5 + C (2) sin2x · cos2x + C
sin 2x sin 2x
(3) [cos22x + 1 – 2 cos2x] + C (4) [cos22x + 1 + 2 cos2x ] + C
8 8
2 4
37. Let f (x) = sin3x + sin3 x + sin3 x then the primitive of f (x) w.r.t. x is
3 3
3 sin 3x 3 cos 3x sin 3x cos 3x
(1) – C (2) – C (3) C (4) C
4 4 4 4
where C is an arbitrary constant.
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 6
NUMERICAL VALUE
38.
2
Let I = ( x 1) ( x 1)e
dx = A f
x 2 2(x) + C, where C is a constant of integration
2
and f (–1) = , then value of 2A + f (0) equals
e
(x x 2 x3 ) f (x)
39. If dx = 15 12 x 10 x 2 C
15 12x 10x 2
where C is the constant of integration and f (0) = 0 then f "(1) equals
tan x 1
40. If sec x 2 sin x dx =
sin x cos x
+ C, where C is constant of integration then ( + ) is
equal to
ANSWER KEY
1. (4) 2. (1) 3. (3) 4. (3) 5. (2) 6. (1) 7. (1)
8. (1) 9. (2) 10. (3) 11. (4) 12. (1) 13. (1) 14. (4)
15. (3) 16. (4) 17. (1) 18. (1) 19. (3) 20. (1) 21. (2)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (4) 25. (3) 26. (3) 27. (3) 28. (4)
29. (3) 30. (2) 31. (2) 32. (2) 33. (3) 34. (2) 35. (1)
36. (3) 37. (4) 38. (2) 39. (32) 40. (3)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 7
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPP DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 11
DEFINITE INTEGRATION
SINGLE CORRECT :
x 1
1. The value of the definite integral, (e e 3 x ) 1 dx is
1
1 1
(1) 2 (2) (3) 2 2
tan 1 (4)
4e 4e e e 2e 2
ln
2
2 2
2. The value of the definite integral, cos e x ·2 x e x dx is
0
(1) 1 (2) 1 + (sin 1) (3) 1 – (sin 1) (4) (sin 1) – 1
2
3. The value of the definite integral sin 2x dx where [0, ]
0
1 cos
(1) 1 (2) cos (3) (4) (1 + sin )
2
x 1 x cos x ln x sin x dx is equal to
sin x
4.
2
2 4 2
(1) (2) (3) (4) –1
2 2 4 2
2 4
2 x
5. csc x sec x dx is equal to
0
2 2
(1) (2) (3) 2 (4)
4 2 8
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
2
3
x / 2 1 sin x
6. e 1 cos x
dx is
/6
/ 2 2 / 3 e
(1) e e / 4 2 (2) 2 e 1
3 3
/ 2 e / 3 /4 /6
(3) 2 e 2 e e (4) 2e / 3 2 e / 4
3
1
tan 1 x
7. dx =
0
x
/4 /2 / 2 / 4
sin x x 1 x 1 x
(1) dx (2) dx (3) dx (4) dx
0
x 0
sin x 2 0
sin x 2 0
sin x
2
4
8. The set of values of 'a' which satisfy the equation ( t log 2 a ) dt = log2 is
a2
0
(1) a R (2) a R+ (3) a < 2 (4) a > 2
1
x
e x
9. The value of the definite integral e (1 x ·e )dx is equal to
0
(1) ee (2) ee –e (3) ee – 1 (4) e
(x 1)e
x
10. The value of the definite integral ·ln x dx is
1
(1) e (2) ee + 1 (3) ee(e – 1) (4) ee(e – 1) + e
1
dx
11. The value of (2 x ) 1 x2
is
1
2
(1) 0 (2) (3) (4) cannot be determined
3 3
x
4
12. If g (x) = cos t dt , then g (x + ) equals
0
(1) g (x) + g () (2) g (x) g () (3) g (x) g () (4) [ g (x)/g () ]
16
dx
13. The value of the integral x 4 x
is
1
3 3 3
(1) 4 ln (2) 4 ln +1 (3) 4 ln +2 (4) none
2 2 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
b
14. If f (a + b x) = f (x) , then x.f (a b x) dx =
a
b b
1 ab ab
f ( x ) dx f ( x ) dx
2 a 2 a
(1) 0 (2) (3) (4)
2
1
dx
15. The value of the definite integral (1 e x )(1 x 2 ) is
1
(1) /2 (2) /4 (3) /8 (4) /16
3
4
d
16. The value of the definite integral 1 sin , is
1
(1) 1 2 (2) (3) (4)
2 1 2 1 2 1
17. The value of the integral (cos px sin qx)2 dx where p, q are integers, is equal to
(1) (2) 0 (3) (4) 2
1
x tan 1 x dx
18. The value of the definite integral arc tan x
is
1 (1 e )
1 1 1
(1) (2) ln 2 (3) (4)
4 2 4 4 2 8 2
2 4 sin( 3 x )
19. The value of the integral I = dx is
4 sin( 3 x ) 4 sin( x )
0
(1) (2) 0 (3) 2 (4)
2
ln 3
x
20. The value of the definite integral {e } dx equals
[Note : {y} denotes fractional part of y.]
(1) 3 + ln 2 – 2ln 3 (2) 3 – ln 3 (3) 2 ln 3 + ln 2 (4) 1
2
21. The value of the definite integral tan x dx , is
0
(1) 2 (2) (3) 2 2 (4)
2 2 2
x2
22. The function f (x) = 9 t 2 dt has an inverse. The value of (f –1) ' (0) equal
4
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
10 20 4 13 5
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
f ( x)
2
23. If t dt = x cos x , then f ' (9)
0
1 1 1
(1) is equal to – (2) is equal to – (3) is equal to (4) is non existent
9 3 3
x
d r3
24. The value of Lim
x dx (r 1)(r 1) dr , is
3
1
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) (4) non existent
2
y
dt d2 y
25. Variable x and y are related by equation x = 1 t2
. The value of
dx 2
is equal to
0
y 2y
(1) 2 (2) y (3) (4) 4y
1 y 1 y2
x 1 1
2
26. If f ( t ) dt = x + t ·f (t ) dt , then the value of the integral f ( x ) dx is equal to
0 x 1
(1) 0 (2) /4 (3) /2 (4)
1 2
27. If L = Lim , then the value of L equals
n ( n 1) 2 ( n 2) 2
9n
1 2 2 1
(1) ln 3 – (2) ln 3 – (3) ln 3 + (4) ln 3 +
3 3 3 3
2 2
sin x dx
28. If I1 = 1 cos x sin x dx and I2 = 1 sin x cos x dx then the value of 2I1 + I2 equals
0 0
(1) (2) 2 (3) (4)
4 2
1 1 1 1 1
29. The value of Lim equals
n 3n 9 n 2
4 9 n 2
16 9 n 2
36 5 n
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 –1 2
(1) sin–1 (2) sin (3) sin (4) sin
3 2 3 2 3 3 3
6 2017
30. If f (3 + x) = f (3 – x) and f (6 + x) = f (6 – x) and f (x ) dx = 4, then the value of f ( x ) dx is
3 1999
equal to
(1) 72 (2) 36 (3) 24 (4) 12
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
Numerical Value
2
I1
31. For f (x) = x4 + | x |, let I1 = f (cos x )dx and I2 = f (sin x )dx then I2
has the value equal to
0 0
1
207 1
32. If the value of the definite integral C 7 x 200 ·(1 x ) 7 dx is equal to where k N. The value
k
0
of ' k' is equal to
33. If g (x) is the inverse of f (x) and f (x) has domain x [1, 5], where f (1) = 2 and f (5) = 10 then the
5 10
values of f ( x ) dx g ( y) dy equals
1 2
x
34. If f ( t ) dt = e2x cos x + C where C is some constant then C + f (0) + f ' (0) + f '' (0) has the value equal to
0
2
35. If (2 , 3) then number of solution of the equation cos ( x ) dx = sin is
0
1
dx
36. The value of |x|
is
1
1
37. If f (0) = 1, f (2) = 3 and f (2) = 5 then the value of the definite integral x f ' ' (2 x ) dx is equal to
0
38. Let f be a differentiable function satisfying f (x) f '(–x) = f (–x) f '(x) and f (0) = 1, then the value
5
dx
of 1 f ( x ) is
5
11 x 2
x e dx
0
39. is equal to
9 x 2
x e dx
0
40. Let f (x) be a polynomial of degree 5 with leading coefficient unity such that f (1) = 5, f (2) =
6
4, f (3) =3, f (4) = 2, f (5) = 1, then f (x ) dx is equal to
0
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (1) 4. (3) 5. (2) 6. (4) 7. (3)
8. (2) 9. (1) 10. (4) 11. (2) 12. (1) 13. (3) 14. (3)
15. (2) 16. (3) 17. (1) 18. (1) 19. (4) 20. (1) 21. (2)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (3) 25. (2) 26. (3) 27. (2) 28. (4)
29. (3) 30. (3) 31. (2) 32. (208) 33. (48) 34. (6) 35. (2)
36. (4) 37. (2) 38. (5) 39. (5) 40. (18)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPP DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 11
DEFINITE INTEGRATION
SINGLE CORRECT :
2. The area bounded by the curve y = | cos x – sin x |, 0 x and above x-axis is
2
(1) 2 2 (2) 2 2 2 (3) 2 2 1 (4) 2 2 2
Ans. (2)
y
, 1
2
(0, 1)
Sol. x
x=0
x x
4 2
/4 /2
So, required area = cos x sin x dx + cos x sin x dx = 2
2 1 ]
0 /4
3. The area bounded by the curve y = ln (x) and the lines y = 0, y = ln (3) and x = 0 is equal to
(1) 3 (2) – 2 + 3ln3 (3) 2 (4) 2 + 3ln3
Ans. (3)
ln 3
y
Sol. Area = e dy = 2
0
(0, ln3)
y = ln3
(1, 0) x
(0, 0)
13. The area of figure bounded by the curve y = 2x – x2 and the straight line y = – x is
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9 7
(1) (2) 9 (3) (4) 7
2 2
Ans. (1)
3 3
2 2 9
Sol. Area = (2x x ) x dx = (x x ) dx =
2
0 0
y = 2x – x2
x
O
x=3
y=x
18. The area bounded by the curves y = | x | – 1 and y = – | x | + 1 is
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 2 2 (4) 4
Ans. (2)
Sol. y = | x | – 1 and y = – | x | + 1
x 1 if x 0
y = ( x 1) if x 0 ;
1 x if x 0
y = 1 x if x 0
(0, 1)
1–x
(ax + 1) if x < 0 x – 1 if x 0
–1 O 1
1–x
(0, –1)
2 ·2
square of area = = 2 Ans.]
2
T-2
ex e x 1
8. The area bounded by the curve y = and the lines y = 0, x = ln 2 and x = ln is
2 2
3 5 3 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 4 2 2
Ans. (3)
y
ln 2
1
Sol. A=2·
2 (e
x
e x ) dx = ex ex
ln 2
0
0
x
– ln 2 ln 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
1 3
= eln 2 – e– ln 2 = 2 – = . Ans.]
2 2
9. The area bounded by the curves f (x) = 9x2 – 9x + 2, g(x) = 9x2 – 18x + 8 and x = 1 is
1 1 2 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 2 3 4
Ans. (2)
g(x)
f(x)
x=1 1
1/3 2/3 1
Sol.
O(0, 0) 4/3
Area = f (x ) g( x ) dx = 2
Ans.]
2/3
12. Area of the region bounded by {(x, y) : x2 + y2 1 x + y} is equal to
2 2 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 2 4 2 4 2
Ans. (4)
(1)2 1
Sol. Area of shaded region = (1)(1)
4 2
1
= Ans.
4 2
y
x+y=1
Aliter: Circle x2 + y2 1
Line x + y 1
1
Area = 1 x 2 dx (1 x ) dx
0
1
= Ans. ]
4 2
16. If the area bounded by f(x) = kx2 (k > 0) and g(x) = x3 is twice the area bounded by h(x) = x2 and
m(x) = kx3, then the value of k is
1 1 1 1
(1) 62 (2) 72 (3) 26 (4) 27
Ans. (4)
1
k k
2
Sol. (kx x 3 ) dx = 2 ( x 2 kx 3 ) dx ]
0 0
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
x x
21. Let F(x) = sin x cos t dt 2 t dt + cos2x – x2. Then area bounded by xF(x) and ordinate x = 0
0 0
and x = 5 with x-axis is
25 35
(1) 16 (2) (3) (4) 25
2 2
Ans. (2)
Sol. F(x) = 1
y
(5, 5) y = x
x
O
1 25
A= ×5×5= . Ans.]
2 2
24. The area bounded by the curves y = (x + 2)2, y = (x – 2)2 and the line y = 0 is
128 64 32 16
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3 3
Ans. (4)
y
Sol.
–2 O 2
2 2
2 2 ( x 2)3 16
A = 2 ( x 2) dx = = sq. units.
s.
0
3 0
3
28. The area bounded by parabola y = x2 – 2x + 2 and its pair of tangent from (4, 1) is equal to
(1) 18 (2) 12 (3) 9 (4) none of these
Ans. (1)
Sol. y – 1 = Y; x – 1 = X ; Y = X2.
dY y
= 2x = y1 0
dX p 1
x1 3 p
36
(3,0) 6 x
2 2
2 x1 – 6x1 = x1
x1 = 0, 6 ; y1 = 0, 36
6
A=
2
x dx
1
2
× 3 × 36 =
1 3
3
x 6
0 – 54
0
= 72 – 54 = 18.
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
30. The area bounded by y3 = x2 and y = 2 – x2 is
14 34 16 32
(1) (2) (3) (4)
15 15 15 15
Ans. (4)
Sol. y3 = x2 and y = 2 – x2 point of intersection are (1, 1) and (–1, 1)
1
x
2/3
Area = (2 x 2 ) dx
1
1
3x 5 / 3 x3 32
= 2 2x = .
5 3 0 15
38. The area of the region enclosed by curves C1 : y = x2, C2 : y – 1 + x2 = 0 and C3 : x = 0.
2 2 1 2
(1) sq. units (2) 2 sq. units (3) sq. units (4) sq. units
3 2 3
Ans. (4)
1
2
x
2
Sol. A= (1 x 2 ) dx
0
y = x2
1 1
3
2
2
x 2x 2
1
= (1 2x ) dx = 3 0
2
2
x = – (y – 1)
0
1 1 2 2
= = = ]
2 3 2 3 2 3
42. Area enclosed between the curves |y| = |1 – x2| and x2 + y2 = 1, is
3 8 8 2 8 8
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3 3
Ans. (1)
Sol. |y| = 1 – x2,
C1 : x2 + y2 = 1
C2 : y = 1 – x2
C3 : y = x2 – 1
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
(0, 1)
C1
C3
C2 1
Required area = – 41
(–1, 0, 1) (1, 0)
(0, –1)
1
2
= – 4 (1 x ) dx
0
8 3 8
=– =
3 3
44. Consider curves : S1 : y = x and S2 : y = 2 x then area bounded by S1 and S2 with x-axis
is
2 4 6 4
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 5 5
Ans. (2)
Sol. y= x and y = 2x
0 1 2
1 2
A= x dx 2 x dx
0 1
1
3 2
x2
= x 1 dx
3 1
2 0
2
3
2 (x 1) 2 2 2 4
A = = = . ]
3 3 3 3 3
2 1
45. The area of the region bounded by x = 0; y = 0; x = 2; y = 2, y ex & y ln x is (in sq. units)
(1) 4 ln 2 – 2 (2) 6 – 4 ln 2 (3) 2 ln 2 – 4 (4) 6 – 2 ln 2
Ans. (2)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 6
Y x
Sol. y=e y=x
2
y=ln x
O 1 2 X
1 2
A = 2 ·2 ·2 ln x dx = 6 – 2ln 4. ]
2
1
T-3
4. The area bounded by the curves f(x) = x3 – 3x and g(x) = 2x2 in the second quadrant is
12 7 2 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
23 12 3 5
Ans. (2)
Sol. Solving y1 and y2, we get x = 0, – 1, 3
0
Required area = ( y1 y 2 ) dx
1
0
3
= (x 3x 2 x 2 ) dx
1
y
y1 = x3 – 3x
y1
y2 y2 = 2x2
x
3 –1 O
3
0
x 4 3x 2 2 x 3
=
4 2 3 1
1 3 2 3 18 8 7
=0– =– = .
4 2 3 12 12
x y f ( x ) f ( y)
15. Let f : R R be a differentiable function satisfying f = x, y R.
2 2
If f (0) = 1 and f ' (0) = – 1 then the area bounded by the curve y = f (x) and coordinate axes is
2 1 1
(1) 1 (2) (3) (4)
3 4 2
Ans. (4)
Sol. f(x) = – x + 1. ]
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 7
9
41. Let R be the region in the first quadrant bounded by x and y-axis and the graph of f (x) = x
25
+ b and y = f –1(x). If the area of R is 49, then the value of b is
25 28 5 9
(1) (2) (3) (4)
9 5 28 25
Ans. (2)
9
Sol. f (x) = x+b
25
25
then f –1(x) = (x – b)
9
science f (x) and f –1(x) intersect at y = x.
P
25 b, 25 b
(0, b) A 16 16
25 25 9 x+b
Point of intersection is y=
(b) · b 25 C
16 16
0
y = 25 (x – b)
9
Required area = 2 (ar OAP)
1 25
2 b· b = 49
2 16
49 16
b2 =
25
7 4 28
b= = Ans. ]
5 5
Numerical Value
1. The area of the domain of the function f(x, y) = 16 x 2 y 2 x y is k where k equals
Ans. (12)
Sol. From the first radical sign
x2 + y2 16 i.e. interior of a circle with circle (0, 0) and radius 4.
From the 2nd radical sign y |x|
3
i.e. th of the circle
4
y
3
x Required area = (·16) = 12
O 4
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 8
10. The area of the region enclosed between the curves y = x2, y = x and between the two lines x =
2 and
x = 0, is
Ans. (1)
1 2
2
Sol. (x x ) dx ( x 2 x ) dx = 1.
0 1
32. If the area bounded by the graph of y = xe–ax (a > 0) and the abscissa axis is 1/9 then the value
of 'a' is equal to
Ans. (3)
Sol. y = xe –ax
y' = e–ax – xae–ax
= e–ax(1 – ax) = 0
1
x=
a
as x , y 0
x – , y
x ·e ax
ax 1 ax 1 ax 1 1
A = x e dx = e dx = (0) – 2 e = – 2 [0 – 1] = 2
a a0 a 0 a a
0 I II 0
1 1
2 = a = 3. Ans.]
a 9
35. 1 1
If the area enclosed between f(x) = Min. cos (cos x ), cot (cot x ) and x-axis in x (, 2) is
2
where k N, then k is equal to
k
Ans. (4)
3
x ; x 2
Sol. f(x)
3
2 x ; x 2
2
• y=
y=x B (3/2, /2)
x– f (x
)=
)= 2
f(x –x
x
A x = 3 C
x= x = 2
Clearly, required area
1 2 2
= area of shaded portion of ABC = ×× = =
2 2 4 k
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 9
On comparing, we get k = 4. Ans.]
37. If f(x) = [ x ] | x 1 | + 1 + x, then area enclosed by the graph of f(x) and the x-axis from x = –2
to x = 2 is
[Note: [k] denotes greatest integer function less than or equal to k.]
Ans. (12)
3; 1 x 2
2 ; 0 x 1
Sol. f (x) = 3; 1 x 0
4 ; 2 x 1
Required area = 12 Ans. ]
ANSWER KEY
1. (1)
SOLUTION
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 10
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPPDAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 13
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. The differential equation of all parabolas having their axis of symmetry coinciding with the axis of
x has its order and degree respectively
(1) (2, 1) (2) (2, 2) (3) (1, 2) (4) (1, 1)
2. The differential equation of all parabolas each of which has a latus rectum '4a' & whose axes are
parallel to x-axis is :
(1) of order 1 & degree 2 (2) of order 2 & degree 3
(3) of order 2 and degree 1 (4) of order 2 and degree 2
3. A curve is such that the area of the region bounded by the co-ordinate axes, the curve & the
ordinate of any point on it is equal to the cube of that ordinate. The curve represents
(1) a pair of straight lines (2) a circle
(3) a parabola (4) an ellipse
dy
4. The solution of the equation, sin1 = x + y is :
dx
(1) tan (x + y) + sec (x + y) = x + c (2) tan (x + y) sec (x + y) = x + c
(3) tan (x + y) + sec (x + y) x + c = 0 (4) none
5. Consider the two statements
Statement-1: y = sin kt satisfies the differential equation y '' + 9y = 0.
Statement-2: y = ekt satisfy the differential equation y'' + y' – 6y = 0
The value of k for which both the statements are correct is
(1) – 3 (2) 0 (3) 2 (4) 3
6. Let a solution y = y(x) of the differential equation ey dy – (2 + cos x) dx = 0 satisfy y(0) = 0 then the
value of f is equal to
2
(1) ln (2) ln (2 + ) (3) ln (1 + ) (4) does not exist
dy y
7. The solution of the differential equation, + = x2, where y(1) = 1 is
dx x
(1) 4y = x4 + 3 (2) 4xy = x4 + 3 (3) 4y = x3 + 3 (4) 4xy = x3 + 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
dy 3
8. The general solution of differential equation x4 + x y + cosec xy = 0, is
dx
1
(1) 2 cos (xy) + =C (2) 2 cos (x y) + y–2 = C
x2
(3) 2 sin y + x–2 = C (4) 2 sin (xy) + y–2 = C
[Note: Where 'C' is constant of integration.]
y1
9. If slope of the tangent at the point (x , y) on the curve is , then the equation of the curve
x2 x
passing through M(1 , 0) is
(1) (y 1) (x + 1) + 2x = 0 (2) (y 1) (x – 1) = 0
(3) (y 1) (x + 1) – 2x = 0 (4) (y 1) (x – 1) = 0
dy
10. Let y2x – x + 1 = 0. If y(1) = 3, then the value of y (e) is equal to
dx
1 1 1 1
(1) 3e 7 3 (2) 3e 9 3 (3) 3e 7 3 (4) 3e 9 3
2 sin x dy
11. If = – cos x, y (0) = 1, then y =
1 y dx 2
(1) 1 (2) 1/2 (3) 1/3 (4) 1/4
12. The real value of m for which the substitution, y = um will transform the differential equation,
dy
2x4y + y4 = 4x6 into a homogeneous equation is :
dx
(1) m = 0 (2) m = 1 (3) m = 3/2 (4) no value of m
dy xy 1
13. Let y = f (x) satisfy the differential equation = , y (1) = 1, then y is equal to
dx x e
2 1
(1) 2e (2) (3) 0 (4)
e e
14. The general solution of the differential equation, y + y (x) (x) . (x) = 0 where (x) is a
known function is :
(1) y = ce(x) + (x) 1 (2) y = ce+(x) + (x) 1
(3) y = ce (x)
(x) + 1 (4) y = ce(x) + (x) + 1
where c is an arbitrary constant .
15. A function y = f (x) satisfies the differential equation f(x) · sin 2x – cos x + (1 + sin2x) f ' (x) = 0 with
initial condition y (0) = 0. The value of f 6 is equal to
(1) 1/5 (2) 3/5 (3) 4/5 (4) 2/5
dy
16. If the differentiable equation – y = y2(sin x + cos x) with y (0) = 1 then y () has the value equal
dx
to
(1) e (2) – e (3) e– (4) – e–
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
17. The equation of curve passing through origin and satisfying the differential equation
dy
(1 + x2) + 2xy = 4x2 , is
dx
(1) 3(1 + x2) y = 2x3 (2) (1 + x2) y = x3 (3) (1 + x2) y = 3x3 (4) 3(1 + x2) y = 4x3
dy
18. The solution of differentiable equation 2y sin x = sin 2x – y2 cos x satisfying y = 1 is
dx 2
(1) y2 = cos x + 1 (2) y = sin2 x
(3) y2 sin x = 4 cos2x + 1 (4) y2 = sin x
19. A curve y = f (x) is passing through (0, 0). If the slope of the curve at any point (x, y) is equal
to (x + xy), then the number of solution of the equation f (x) = 1, is
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 4
dy
20. The solution of the differential equation, 2 x2y = tan (x2y2) 2xy2 given y(1) = is
dx 2
(1) sinx2y2 = ex–1 (2) sin(x2y2) = x (3) cosx2y2 + x = 0 (4) sin(x2y2) = e.ex
1
21. If y = f(x) is the solution of the differential equation x2dy + xydx = dx such that f(e) = , then
e
e
f ( x) dx equals
1
e 1 1 e
(1) e – 1 (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2
22. General solution of x2ydx = (x3 + y3)dy, is (where c being arbitrary constants)
x2 x2 x3 x
(1) = ln |x| + c (2) = ln |y| + c (3) = ln |y| + c (4) – 2 ln |x| + 3 ln |y| = c
2y2 2y2 3y 3 y
23. Spherical rain drop evaporates at a rate proportional to its surface area. The differential equation
corresponding to the rate of change of the radius of the rain drop if the constant of proportionality
is K > 0, is
dr dr dr
(1) K = 0 (2) K = 0 (3) Kr (4) none
dt dt dt
24. Orthogonal trajectories of family of the curve x 2 3 y 2 3 a 2 3 , where 'a' is any arbitrary constant,
is
(1) x 2 3 y 2 3 c (2) x 4 3 y 4 3 c (3) x 4 3 y 4 3 c (4) x1 3 y1 3 c
25. A spherical balloon is being inflated at the rate of 35 cc/min. The rate of increase in surface area
(in cm2/min.) of the balloon when its diameter is 14 cm, is
(1) 100 (2) 10 10 (3) 10 (4) 10
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical Value
26. Let f be a differentiable function satisfying f '(x) = 2f(x) + 10 and f(0) = 0 then the number of
roots of the equation f(x) + 5 sec2x = 0 in (0, 2p) is
d3 y dy
3
13
27. If the function y = e4x + 2e–x is a solution of the differential equation dx
dx K then the
y
value of K is :
28. If xdy = y(dx + ydy), y(1) = 1 and y(x) > 0, then y(–3) is equal to
dy
29. Let y = f(x) satisfies the differential equation (1 + x 2) + 2xy = 2x and f(0) = 2.
dx
Then the number of integers in the range of f(x) is
b
30. The cost of running a bus from A to B, is Rs av , where v k.m/hr. is the average speed
v
of the bus. when the bus travels at 30 k.m/hr., the cost comes out to be Rs. 75 while at 40 k.m/
hr., it is Rs. 65. The most economical speed (in k.m/hr.) of the bus is
dy
31. Let y = f(x) be a real valued function satisfying x = x2 + y – 2, f (1) = 1 then f (3) equals
dx
x dy
32. Let y = f (x) be a function satisfying the differential equation + 2y = 4x2 and f (1) = 1,
dx
then f (– 3) is equal to
33. The order of differential equation corresponding to y = c1 cos 2x + c2 cos2 x + c3 sin2 x + c4 is
34. A function is continuous and differentiable on R0 satisfying x f '(x) + f(x) = 1 x in its domain.
If f(1) = 2, then range of function does not contain
dy
35. If x = x2 + y – 2, y (1) = 1, then y(2) equals
dx
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (3) 4. (2) 5. (1) 6. (2) 7. (2)
8. (1) 9. (1) 10. (1) 11. (3) 12. (3) 13. (3) 14. (1)
15. (4) 16. (1) 17. (4) 18. (4) 19. (3) 20. (1) 21. (3)
22. (3) 23. (1) 24. (2) 25. (4) 26. (0) 27. (12) 28. (3)
29. (1) 30. (60) 31. (5) 32. (9) 33. (2) 34. (1) 35. (2)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPP DAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 14
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
SINGLE CORRECT :
2010
k k 1
1. For k N, let Ak =
k 1 k
. Then det (A k ) equals
k 1
(1) 0 (2) (2010)2 (3) (2009)2 (4) (2011)2
i j, if ij odd
2. Consider a matrix A = [aij]3 × 3, where aij = 2 .
i , if ij even
3
If bij is cofactor of aij in matrix A and dij = a ik b jk , then the value of 3 det (dij ) is equal to
k 1
(1) 4 (2) 24 (3) – 48 (4) – 24
1 2 5
3. There are two numbers x making the value of the determinant 2 x 1 equal to 86. The
0 4 2x
sum of these two numbers, is
(1) – 4 (2) 5 (3) – 3 (4) 9
x 2 3x x 1 x 3
4. If px4 + qx3 + rx2 + sx + t x 1 2 x x 3 then t =
x3 x 4 3x
(1) 33 (2) 0 (3) 21 (4) none
2 2
a x
a x a x
a x 1
2 2
5. If a, b, c > 0 & x, y, z R , then the determinant b y
b y b y
b y 1 =
2 2
c z
c z c z
c z 1
(1) axbycz (2) axbycz (3) a2xb2yc2z (4) zero
a 1 a 2 a p
6. If a 2 a 3 a q = 0 , then p, q, r are in :
a 3 a 4 a r
(1) AP (2) GP (3) HP (4) none
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
x x x
C1 C2 C3
y y y
7. The determinant C1 C2 C3 =
z z z
C1 C2 C3
1 1
(1) xyz (x + y) (y + z) (z + x) (2) xyz (x + y z) (y + z x)
3 4
1
(3) xyz (x y) (y z) (z x) (4) none
12
bc a a
8. The determinant b ca b =
c c ab
(1) 2 abc (2) 3 abc (3) 4 abc (4) none
a b c 4 x 2a p
9. Let A = p q r and B = 4 y 2b q .
x y z 4 z 2c r
If det (A) = 2, then the value of det (B) is equal to
(1) –8 (2) 8 (3) –16 (4) 16
a b ab a c ac D1
10. Let D1 = c d c d and D2 = b d b d then the value of where b 0 and
a b ab a c abc D2
ad bc, is
(1) – 2 (2) 0 (3) – 2b (4) 2b
a 2 1 ab ac
2
ab b 1 bc
11. If a, b, c are real then the value of determinant = 1 if
2
ac bc c 1
(1) a + b + c = 0 (2) a + b + c = 1 (3) a + b + c = –1 (4) a = b = c = 0
12. If the system of equations
x + 2y + 2z = 1
x – y + 3z = 3
x + 11y – z = b
has solutions, then the value of b lies in the interval
(1) (– 7, – 4) (2) (– 4, 0) (3) (0, 3) (4) (3, 6)
13. The system of equations
kx + (k + 1)y + (k – 1) z = 0
(k + 1)x + ky + (k + 2) z = 0
(k – 1)x + (k + 2)y + kz = 0
has a non-trivial solution for
(1) exactly three real values of k. (2) exactly two real values of k.
(3) exactly one real value of k. (4) infinite number of values of k.
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
14. The set of equations
x – y + (cos) z = 0
3x + y + 2z =0
(cos)x + y + 2z = 0
0 < < 2 , has non- trivial solution(s)
(1) for no value of and
(2) for all values of and
(3) for all values of and only two values of
(4) for only one value of and all values of
15. If the system of equations x – ky – z = 0, kx – y – z = 0, x + y – z = 0 has a non-zero solution,
then the possible values of k are
(1) –1, – 2 (2) 1, – 2 (3) –1, 2 (4) –1, 1
16. The values of k for which the system of equations
kx + y + z = 0
x – ky + z = 0
x+y+z=0
possesses non-zero solutions, are given by
(1) 1, 2 (2) 1, – 2 (3) – 1, 1 (4) – 1, – 2
sin cos
17. Consider a matrix A () = cos sin then
(1) A() is symmetric (2) A() is skew symmetric
(3) A–1() = A( – ) (4) A2() = A 2
2
3 2 1 1 2 1
18. If 7 A
5 2 1 0 4 , then trace of A is equal to
(1) – 25 (2) – 21 (3) – 15 (4) – 11
19. If A =
1 1 and det. (An – I) = 1 – n, n N then the value of , is
1 1
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
x2 ex sin x
2 2
20. If the trace of matrix A = cos (x ) x x 3 ln | x | is zero, then x is equal to
0 tan 1 x x 7
(1) – 2 or 3 (2) – 3 or – 2 (3) – 3 or 2 (4) 2 or 3
3 2 3 1 9 –1
21. Let the matrix A and B be defined as A = 2 1 and B = 7 3 then the value of Det.(2A B ),
is
(1) 2 (2) 1 (3) – 1 (4) – 2
22. Matrix A satisfies A2 = 2A – I where I is the identity matrix then for n 2, An is equal to (n N)
(1) nA – I (2) 2n – 1A – (n – 1)I (3) nA – (n – 1)I (4) 2n – 1A – I
23. If A, B and C are n × n matrices and det(A) = 2, det(B) = 3 and det(C) = 5, then the value of the
det(A2BC–1) is equal to
6 12 18 24
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 5 5 5
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
sin 0
24. Let A = . If A + AT is a null matrix, then the number of values of in (0, 6), is
0 sin
(1) 4 (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 1
a 1
25. If A = 1 b where a and b are real number. If A2 is a null matrix then the product ab equals
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) – 1 (4) ± 1
26. P is an orthogonal matrix and A is a periodic matrix with period 4 and Q = PAPT then X = PTQ2005P
will be equal to
(1) A (2) A2 (3) A3 (4) A4
3 1
2 2
1 1
27. Let A = , B = 0 1 and C = AB AT, then AT C3A is equal to
1 3
2 2
3 1 1 0 3
1 1 3
(1) 2 2 (2) 3 1 (3) 2 (4*) 0 1
1 0 2 0 3
1 2 1 0
28. Let A =
3 5
and B =
0 2 . If X be a matrix such that A = B X then detadj X equals
5 7 11
(1) (2) (3) – 5 (4)
2 2 2
29. If A and B are invertible matrices, which one of the following statements is not correct?
(1) adj. A = |A| A –1 (2) det (A–1) = (det (A))–1
(3) (A + B)–1 = B–1 + A–1 (4) (AB)–1 = B–1A–1
1 1 1 4 2 2
30. Let A = 2 1 3 and 10B = 5 0 . If B is the inverse of matrix A, then is
1 1 1 1 2 3
(1) – 2 (2) – 1 (3) 2 (4) 5
Numerical Value
sin sin 2 sin 3
31. Number of solutions of the equation sin 2 sin 3 sin = 0 in [0, 2] is
sin 3 sin sin 2
32. The smallest real value of K so that the system of equations has no solution,
x – y + 2z = 1
3x – y + 2z = 0
x + 2y – Kz = 0
cos(x ) cos(x ) cos(x ) 30
33. If f (x) = sin( x ) sin( x ) sin( x ) and f (0) = –2 then | f (r ) | equals
sin( ) sin( ) sin( ) r 1
x y z 0
34. If the system of equations x y z 0
x y z 0
has a unique solution, then the range of is R – {a, b}. Then the value of (a2 + b2) is
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
sin 1 0
35. Let f() = 1 0 sin .Number of solutions of the equation f() = 0 in (0, 2) is
sin 1 1
36. If the maximum number of distinct elements in a symmetric matrix of order n is 45, then the
value of n is
0 4 0
37. If A = and B = , then number of distinct values of for which A2 = Bequals
1
1 1 1
1
38. Area of triangle whose vertices (a, a2) (b, b2) (c, c2) is , and area of another triangle whose
2
(1 ap) 2 (1 bp) 2 (1 cp) 2
vertices are (p, p2), (q, q2) and (r, r2) is 4, then the value of (1 aq) 2 (1 bq ) 2 (1 cq) 2 , is
(1 ar) 2 (1 br ) 2 (1 cr) 2
log 3 512 log 4 3 log 2 3 log 8 3
39. The value of is equal to
log 3 8 log 4 9 log 3 4 log 3 4
x a b cx 2 2a b
40. Let D1 = 1 0 x and D2 = x 2 1 .
x 2 1 1 0 x
If all the roots of the equation (x2 – 4x – 7) (x2 – 2x – 3) = 0 satisfies the equation D1 + D2 = 0
then find the value of (a + 4b + c).
1 p 2 x (1 q 2 ) x (1 r 2 ) x
2 2 2
41. If p2 + q2 + r2 = – 2 and g (x) = (1 p ) x 1 q x (1 r ) x for all x R
(1 p 2 ) x (1 q 2 ) x 1 r 2 x
4
then find the value of definite integral g (x ) dx .
1
42. Consider the system of equations
x+y+z=4
2x + y + 3z = 6
x + 2y + pz = q
Let L denotes the value of p if the system of equations has no solution.
and M denotes the value of q if the system of equations has infinite solutions.
Find the value of (L2 + M2).
x 2 cos 2A x sin 2A 0
43. Let x1, x2, ……, x6 be the roots of the equation 0 x 2 cos 2B x sin 2B = 0
x sin 2C 0 x 2 cos 2C
2 4 1
where A = , B= and C = then find the value of .
7 7 7 x1x 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
44. If the system of linear equations
(cos ) x + (sin ) y + cos = 0
(sin ) x + (cos ) y + sin = 0
(cos ) x + (sin ) y – cos = 0
is consistent, then find the number of possible values of [0, 2].
3 2 1 7
45. Given the matrices A = 4 3 and B = 3 5 . Find the sum of the absolute value of the
entries of the matrices X and Y satisfying AX = B and YA = B.
46. If A is a square matrix of order 3 such that det.(A) = 2, then find det.((adj. A–1)–1).
[Note: adj. P denotes adjoint of square matrix P.]
1 1 1 det .adj. B
47. Let A = 0 2 3 . If B = adj A and C = 5A, then find the value of .
2 1 0 det .(C)
[Note : det. (P) and adj. P denote the deteminant of square matrix P and adjoint of square matrix
P respectively.]
48. Find the sum of values of x, y and z satisfying the matrix equation
3 0 3 x 8 2 y
2 1 0 y 1 z .
4 0 2 z 4 3y
3 2 p q
49. Let A = and B = be two matrices such that AB = diag(d 111, d 22 ).
1 4 r s
If | q + 1 | + r 2 = 0, then find the value of (d111 + d22).
[Note: diag(a11, d22) denotes the diagonal matrix of order 2 × 2.]
1 2 2
50. Let the matrix A = 2 1 2 be a zero divisor of the polynomial f (x) = x2 – 4x – 5. Find the sum
2 2 1
of all the elements in the matrix A3.
ANSWER KEY
1. (2) 2. (3) 3. (1) 4. (3) 5. (0) 6. (1) 7. (3)
8. (3) 9. (3) 10. (1) 11. (4) 12. (1) 13. (3) 14. (1)
15. (4) 16. (3) 17. (3) 18. (2) 19. (2) 20. (3) 21. (4)
22. (3) 23. (2) 24. (4) 25. (3) 26. (1) 27. (4) 28. (4)
29. (1) 30. (4) 31. (7) 32. (4) 33. (60) 34. (2) 35. (4)
36. (9) 37. (1) 38. (16) 39. (10) 40. (0) 41. (9) 42. (36)
43. (2) 44. (2) 45. (120) 46. (4) 47. (1) 48. (6) 49. (35)
50. (375)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 6
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPPDAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 15
STRAIGHT LINE
SINGLE CORRECT :
x y
1. Given = 1 and ax + by = 1 are two variable lines, 'a' and 'b' being the parameters connected
a b
by the relation a2 + b2 = ab. The locus of the point of intersection has the equation
(1) x2 + y2 + xy 1 = 0 (2) x2 + y2 – xy + 1 = 0
2 2
(3) x + y + xy + 1 = 0 (4) x2 + y2 – xy – 1 = 0
2. The value of m for which the triangle formed by the lines y = 5, y = mx – 6 and y = – mx – 6
will be equilateral, is
2 3 1
(1) (2) 3 (3) (4)
3 2 3
3. The circumcentre of the triangle formed by the lines , x y + 2 x + 2 y + 4 = 0 and x + y + 2 = 0 is
:
(1) ( 2, 2) (2) ( 1, 1) (3) (0, 0) (4) ( 1, 2)
4. One of the vertices of an equilateral triangle is (2, 3) and the equation of its opposite side is
x + y – 2 = 0. The area of triangle is
3 3
(1) 3 3 (2) 6 3 (3) (4) 6
2
5. Let A(h, k), B(1, 2), C(2, 2) be the vertices of a right angled triangle with AC as its hypotenuse. If
the area of the triangle is 2 then the sum of all possible values of k, is
(1) 8 (2) 6 (3) 4 (4) 2
6. A straight line through the point A(3, 4) is such that its intercept between the axes is bisected at
A. Its equation is
(1) 3x – 4y + 7 = 0 (2) 4x + 3y = 24 (3) 3x + 4y = 25 (4) 4x – 3y = 12
7. The set of real values of k for which the lines x + 3y + 1 = 0, kx + 2y – 2 = 0 and
2x – y + 3 = 0 form a triangle is
2 6 2 2
(1) R – 4, (2) R – 4, , (3) R – , 4 (4) R
3 5 3 3
8. In a triangle ABC, it is known that AB = AC. Suppose D is the mid-point of AC and
BD = BC = 2, then the area of triangle ABC is equal to
(1) 2 (2) 2 2 (3) 7 (4) 2 7
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. Line L has equation y = 2x + 3, and line M has the same y-intercept as L. Which of the points
below must M contain to be perpendicular to L, is
(1) (– 4, 5) (2) (– 2, 5) (3) (1, 5) (4) (4, 5)
10. Let A (–3, 2) and B (–2, 1) be the vertices of a triangle ABC. If the centroid of triangle ABC lies on
the line 3x + 4y + 2 = 0, then the locus of vertex C is
(1) 4x + 3y + 5 = 0 (2) 3x + 4y + 3 = 0 (3) 4x + 3y + 3 = 0 (4) 3x + 4y + 5 = 0
11. Given a point M(–1, 2) and a variable point N lies on the locus whose equation is xy = 4, then the
locus of the point dividing MN internally in the ratio 2 : 3 is
(1) 25xy – 30x + 15y = 34 (2) 25xy – 15x + 30y = 34
(3) 25xy – 30x + 15y = 2 (4) 25xy – 15x + 30y = 2
12. Given A (1, 3) and B (7, – 3) points on xy-plane. A point P is taken on AB dividing it internally in the
ratio 2 : 3. A point Q divides PB externally in the ratio 3 : 2, then co-ordinates of point Q is
71 51 71 51 51 71 51 71
(1) , (2) , (3) , (4) ,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
13. If vertices of a triangle ABC are A(1, 2), B(3, 4) and C(–5, 3) and its orthocentre is O, then
reflection of orthocentre of OBC w.r.t. line y = x will be
(1) (2, 1) (2) (0, 0) (3) (3, –5) (4) (4, 3)
14. Points (t – 1, 2t + 2) and (2t + 1, t + 1) are images of each other with respect of line 'L'. If 'L'
passes through (–1, 0) then value of 't' is
1 3 3 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2 2
15. A light beam emanating from the point A(3, 10) reflects from the line 2x + y - 6 = 0 and then
passes through the point B(5, 6) . The equation of the incident and reflected beams are respectively
:
(1) 4 x 3 y + 18 = 0 and y = 6 (2) x 2 y + 8 = 0 and x = 5
(3) x + 2 y 8 = 0 and y = 6 (4) none of these
16.
The vertices of a triangle are 1, 3 , (2 cos , 2 sin ) and (2 sin , – 2 cos ) where R.
The locus of orthocentre of the triangle is
(1) (x – 1)2 + y 3 2
=4
(2) (x – 2)2 + y 3 2
=4
+ y 3
2
+ y 3
2
(3) (x – 1)2 =8 (4) (x – 2)2 =8
17. A straight line is drawn through P(3, 4) to meet the axis of x and y at A and B respectively.
If the rectangle OACB is completed, then locus of C, is
x y 4 3 3 4 x y
(1) 1 (2) 1 (3) 1 (4) 1
3 4 x y x y 4 3
18. If a vertex of a triangle is (1, 1) and the mid points of two sides through this vertex are (– 1, 2) and
(3, 2), then the distance of centroid of the triangle from (1, 1) is
2 7 4
(1) (2) (3) 1 (4)
3 3 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
x y 1
19. If, a, b, c are in H.P., then the straight line always passes through a fixed point
a b c
whose co-ordinates are
1
(1) (1, 2) (2) (1, –2) (3) , 1 (4) (–1, 2)
2
20. An equilateral triangle has its centroid at the origin and one of its sides is along the line x + y = 1.
The side of the triangle is
2 2 4 3
(1) (2) (3) (4) 6
3 3 2
21. If the point P(h, k) lies on the line 2x + 3y = 5 such that | PA – PB | is maximum where
A(2, 3) and B(1, 2) then the value of (3h + 2k) is equal to
(1) 3 (2) 2 (3) 5 (4) 4
22. Let ABC be a triangle with B = 90°. Let AD be the external bisector of A with D on BC.
If AC = 6 cm and the area of triangle ADC is 10 cm2, then the length of BD in cm is equal to
3 3 5 10
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 10 3 3
2
23. In triangle ABC, if CA = 4, AB = 5 and A = then the length of internal angle bisector
3
through A is
9 10 20 9
(1) (2) (3) (4)
20 9 9 10
24. A variable line L is drawn through O (0, 0) to meet the lines L1 : y – x – 10 = 0 and
L2 : y – x – 20 = 0 at the points A and B respectively. A point P is taken on L such that
2 1 1
= + and P, A, B lies on same side of origin O. The locus of P is
OP OA OB
(1) 3x + 3y = 40 (2) 3x + 3y + 40 = 0 (3) 3x – 3y = 40 (4) 3y – 3x = 40
25. If M(2, ) lies inside the parallelogram formed by the lines 2x – y + 1 = 0, 2x – y = 20,
x + y – 1 = 0 and x + y – 8 = 0, then sum of all integral values of is
(1) –3 (2) –1 (3) 1 (4) 3
26. Area of a parallelogram two of whose sides are given by 2x2 – 5xy + 2y2 = 0 and one of its
diagonal is 5x + 2y = 1, is
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
6 12 20 36
27. A ray of light along x + 3y = 3 get reflected upon reaching x-axis, the equation of the
reflected ray is
(1) y = x + 3 (2) 3y=x– 3 (3) y = 3x– 3 (4) 3y=x–1
28. If the three lines x – 3y = p, ax + 2y = q and ax + y = r form a right-angled triangle, then
(1) a2 – 9a + 18 = 0 (2) a2 – 6a – 18 = 0 (3) a2 – 9a +12 = 0 (4) a2 – 6a – 12 = 0
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
29. Let P = (–1, 0), Q = (0, 0) and R = (3, 3 3 ) be three ponts. Then the equation of the bisector of
the angle PQR is
3 3
(1) x+y=0 (2) x + 3y = 0 (3) 3x + y = 0 (4) x + y=0
2 2
b c a
30. Let a, b, c (0, ) and satisfying 2 0 , then the family of lines
c b bc
a x b y c 0 passes through the point
(1) (1, 1) (2) (1, –2) (3) (–1, 2) (4) (–1, 1)
31. If the point (2cos , 2sin ), for (0, 2) lies in the region between the lines x + y = 2 and x – y
= 2 containing the origin, then lies in
3
(1) 0, , 2 (2) [0, ]
2 2
3
(3) , (4) ,
2 2 4 2
32. Let L1 : x + y –1 = 0 and L2 : 2x – y + 5 = 0 be two lines then the family of lines
p L1 + q L2 = 0, where p, q R, are concurrent at
4 7 1 7
(1) , (2) , (3) (1, –1) (4) (–1, 1)
3 3 6 6
33. If 2x + y = 0 and 3x + 2y = 0 are two sides of a parallelogram whose one diagonal is x – y = 0.
The slope of other diagonal is
19 19 11 11
(1) (2) (3) (4)
11 11 19 19
34. The equation of line segment AB is y = x. If A and B lie on the same side of the line mirror
2x – y = 1, then image of AB is
(1) 7x + y + 6 = 0 (2) 7x + y – 6 = 0 (3) 7x – y – 6 = 0 (4) 7x – y + 6 = 0
Numerical Value
35. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle and suppose KLMN be a rectangle with K, L on BC, M on
AN
AC and N on AB. If = 2 and area of triangle BKN is 6, then area of triangle ABC is equal
NB
to
36. The least positive integral value of 'b' for which the point (2b + 3, b2) lies above the line
3x – 4y – a (a – 2) = 0 a R, is
37. If the line L : y = p(x – 2) + 5 divides the rectangle formed by the pair of lines x2 – 8x + 12 = 0 and
y2 – 14y + 45 = 0 into two congruent triangles then the value of p is
38. The least positive integral value of 'b' for which the point (2b + 3, b2) lies above the line
3x – 4y – a (a – 2) = 0 a R, is
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
39. The equations of perpendicular bisectors of two sides AB and AC of a triangle ABC are
x + y + 1 = 0 and x – y + 1 = 0 respectively. If circumradius of ABC is 2 units and the locus
of vertex A is x2 + y2 + gx + c = 0, then (g2 + c2), is equal to
40. If distance of the point (2, 5) from the line 3x + y = 4 measured parallel to the line 3x – 4y + 8 = 0,
p
is (p, q N), then least value of (p + q) equals
q
41. A straight line passes through a fixed point (x0, y0). If the equation of the locus of the middle point
of it intercepted between the coordinate axes is yx 0 xy 0 xy (where N), then equals
42. Area of square formed by the lines x2y2 – 2xy2 – 3y2 – 4x2y + 8xy + 12y = 0 is
43. The radius of incircle of the triangle formed by the lines
L1 : y – 3 x 3 = 0, L2 : y + 3 x = 6 + 3 and L3 : y = 0 is
44. Area of parallelogram formed by the lines x + y + 1 = 0, x + y + 3 = 0, 3x + 4y – 1 = 0 and
3x + 4y – 5 = 0 is
45. In ABC, the equation of the perpendicular bisector of AC is 3x 2y + 8 = 0 and the coordinates
of the points A and B are (1, 1) and (3, 1) respectively. If the equation of the line BC is
x + ay = b where a and b are coprime, then find (a + b).
46. For a > 0, the area of the quadrilateral formed by the lines 3x – 2y + 3a = 0,
x + 3y – a = 0, x + 3y + 4a = 0 and 3x – 2y + 7a = 0 is 220 square units. Find the value
of a.
47. Two congruent triangles each have an area of 24 sq. units. Their vertices are determined by the
3
intersection of the lines y + 4 = 0 ; x = 0 and y = – x + b. Determine the two possible values of
4
b. For either of the triangles, a circle can be drawn to pass through its three vertices. Find the
radius of this circle.
48. Let the point M (2, 1) be shifted through a distance 3 2 units measured parallel to the line
L : x + y – 1 = 0 in the direction of decreasing ordinates, to reach at N. If the image of N in the line
L is R, then find the distance of R from the line 3x – 4y + 25 = 0.
49. The sides of a ABC are 2x y + 5 = 0 ; x + y 5 = 0 and x 2y 5 = 0. If the sum of the
p
tangents of its interior angles is expressed in the lowest form (p, q N), then find the least
q
value of (p + q).
50. The triangle ABC, right angled at C, has median AD, BE and CF. AD lies along the line y = x + 3,
BE lies along the line y = 2x + 4. If the length of the hypotenuse is 60, find the area of the triangle
ABC.
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (2) 3. (2) 4. (3) 5. (3) 6. (2) 7. (2)
8. (3) 9. (1) 10. (2) 11. (1) 12. (2) 13. (1) 14. (4)
15. (1) 16. (3) 17. (3) 18. (4) 19. (4) 20. (4) 21. (4)
22. (4) 23. (3) 24. (4) 25. (4) 26. (4) 27. (2) 28. (1)
29. (3) 30. (4) 31. (3) 32. (1) 33. (2) 34. (3) 35. 108
36. 3 37. 1 38. 3 39. 13 40. 10 41. 2 42. 16
43. 1 44. 8 45. 11 46. 11 47. 5 48. 10 49. 31
50. 400 sq. units
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 16
CIRCLE
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. The ends of a quadrant of a circle have the coordinates (1, 3) and (3, 1) then the centre of the
such a circle is
(1) (1, 1) (2) (2, 2) (3) (2, 6) (4) (4, 4)
2. ABCD is a square of unit area. A circle is tangent to two sides of ABCD and passes through
exactly one of its vertices. The radius of the circle is
1 1
(1) 2 2 (2) 2 1 (3) (4)
2 2
3. A pair of tangents are drawn to a unit circle with centre at the origin and these tangents intersect
at A enclosing an angle of 60°. The area enclosed by these tangents and the arc of the circle is
2 3
(1) – (2) 3 – 3 (3) – (4) 3 1
3 6 3 6 6
4. A circle is drawn touching the xaxis and centre at the point which is the reflection of
(a, b) in the line y x = 0. The equation of the circle is
(1) x2 + y2 2bx 2ay + a2 = 0 (2) x2 + y2 2bx 2ay + b2 = 0
(3) x2 + y2 2ax 2by + b2 = 0 (4) x2 + y2 2ax 2by + a2 = 0
5. Let C be a circle with two diameters intersecting at an angle of 30 degrees. A circle S is tangent
to both the diameters and to C, and has radius unity. The largest radius of C is
(1) 1 + 6 2 (2) 1 + 6 2 (3) 6 2 –1 (4) none of these
6. Let ABC be a triangle with A = 45°. Let P be a point on the side BC with PB = 3 and PC = 5. If
'O' is the circumcentre of the triangle ABC then the length OP is equal to
(1) 15 (2) 17 (3) 18 (4) 19
7. The lengths of the tangents from any point of the circle 15x² + 15y² 48x + 64y = 0 to the two
circles 5x² + 5y² 24x + 32y + 75 = 0 , 5x² + 5y² 48x + 64y + 300 = 0 are in the ratio:
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 2 : 3 (3) 3 : 4 (4) 1 : 4
8. If tangent at (1, 2) to the circle c1 : x2 + y2 = 5 intersects the circle c2 : x2 + y2 = 9 at A and B
and tangents at A and B to the second circle meet at point C, then the coordinates of C are :
(1) (4, 5) (2) (9/15, 18/5) (3) (4, 5) (4) (9/5, 18/5)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. The common chord of two intersecting circles c1 and c2 can be seen from their centres at the
angles of 90º and 60º respectively . If the distance between their centres is equal to
3 + 1 then the radii of c1 and c2 are :
(1) 3 and 3 (2) 2 and 2 2
(3) 2 and 2 (4) 2 2 and 4
10. Three circles lie on a plane so that each of them externally touches the other two. Two of them
has radius 3, the third having radius unity . If A, B and C are the points of tangency of the circles
then the area of the triangle ABC is
9 7 9 7 9 7
(1) (2) (3) (4) none
4 8 16
11. Points P and Q are 3 units apart. A circle centre at P with a radius of 3 units intersects a circle
centred at Q with a radius of 3 units at point A and B. The area of the quadrilateral APBQ is
99 99 99
(1) 99 (2) (3) (4)
2 2 16
12. Let a and b represent the length of a right triangle's legs. If d is the
diameter of a circle inscribed into the triangle, and D is the diameter
of a circle superscribed on the triangle, then d + D equals
(1) a + b (2) 2(a + b)
1
(3)
2
(a + b) (4) a 2 b2
13. Let C be a circle x2 + y2 = 1. The line l intersects C at the point (–1, 0) and the point P. Suppose
that the slope of the line l is a rational number m. Number of choices for m for which both the
coordinates of P are rational, is
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) infinitely many
14. A line meets the co-ordinate axes in A and B. A circle is circumscribed about the triangle OAB. If
d1 and d2 are the distances of the tangent to the circle at the origin O from the points A and B
respectively, the diameter of the circle is :
2d1 d 2 d1 2d 2 d1d 2
(1) (2) (3) d1 + d2 (4) d d
2 2 1 2
3 3
15. To which of the following circles, the line y x + 3 = 0 is normal at the point 3 , ?
2 2
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
(1) x 3 y 9 (2) x y 9
2 2 2 2
(3) x2 + (y 3)2 = 9 (4) (x 3)2 + y2 = 9
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
16. The smallest distance between the circle (x – 5)2 + (y + 3)2 = 1 and the line 5x + 12y – 4 = 0, is
1 2 3 4
(1) (2) (3) (4)
13 13 15 15
17. Chord AB of the circle x2 + y2 = 100 passes through the point (7, 1) and subtends an angle of 60°
at the circumference of the circle. If m1 and m2 are the slopes of two such chords then the value
of m1m2, is
(1) – 1 (2) 1 (3) 7/12 (4) – 3
18. The chord of contact of the tangents drawn from a point on the circle, x2 + y2 = a2 to the circle
x2 + y2 = b2 touches the circle x2 + y2 = c2 then a, b, c are in :
(1) A.P. (2) G.P. (3) H.P. (4) A.G.P.
19. The locus of the mid points of the chords of the circle x2 + y2 ax by = 0 which subtend a right
angle at a 2 , b 2 is :
(1) ax + by = 0 (2) ax + by = a2 + b2
a 2 b 2 a 2 b 2
(3) x2 + y2 ax by + =0 (4) x2 + y2 ax by =0
8 8
20. Three concentric circles of which the biggest is x2 + y2 = 1, have their radii in A.P. If the line
y = x + 1 cuts all the circles in real and distinct points. The interval in which the common difference
of the A.P. will lie is
1 1 2 2
(1) 0, (2) 0, (3) 0, (4) none
4 2 2 4
21. If the two circles, x2 + y2 + 2 g1x + 2 f1y = 0 and x2 + y2 + 2 g2x + 2 f2y = 0 touch each then:
f1 f2
(1) f1 g1 = f2 g2 (2) = (3) f1 f2 = g1 g2 (4) none
g1 g2
22. Equation of the circle which bisects the circumference of the circle x2 + y2 + 2 y 3 = 0 and
touches the curve y = tan (tan 1 x) at the origin is :
(1) 2 (x2 + y2) 5 x + 5 y = 0 (2) x2 + y2 + 5 x 5 y = 0
2 2
(3) x + y 5 x + 5 y = 0 (4) none
23. Consider the circle C : x2 + y2 = 1 and the line L : y = m(x + 2). If L intersects C at P and Q,
then locus of middle point of PQ, is
(1) (x + 1)2 + y2 = 1 (2) x2 + (y – 1)2 = 1 (3) (x – 1)2 + y2 = 1 (4) x2 + (y + 1)2 = 1
24. Two circles with centres at A and B, touch at T. BD is the tangent at
D and TC is a common tangent. AT has length 3 and BT has length
2. The length CD is
(1) 4/3 (2) 3/2
(3) 5/3 (4) 7/4
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
25. If the curve y = 1 4 x 2 and the line y = (x – 2)k + 4 has two distinct points of intersection
then the range of k, is
5 5 3 5 3
(1) [1, 3] (2) , (3) , (4) ,
12
12 4 12 4
Numerical Value
26. Let two circles of radii r1 and r2 (r1 > r2) in the first quadrant are tangent to co-ordinate axes.
r1
If the length of common chord of circles is maximum, then find the value of .
r2
27. The three vertices of ABC are on the circle x2 + y2 = 5. The point (0, 0) is outside the ABC
and 1 unit away from the nearest side of ABC. If the maximum area of the triangle is k cos 72°,
then find the value of k.
28. Locus of the point of intersection of the pair of perpendicular tangents to the circles
x2 + y2 = 1 and x2 + y2 = 7 is the director circle of the circle with radius.
29. A circle with center A and radius 7 is tangent to the sides of an angle of 60°. A larger circle with
center B is tangent to the sides of the angle and to the first circle. The radius of the larger circle
is
30. Number of integral values of 'k' for which the chord of the circle x2 + y2 = 125 passing through
P(8, k) gets bisected at P (8, k) and has integral slope is
31. The graphs of
x2 + y2 = 4 + 12x + 6y
x2 + y2 = K + 4x + 12y
intersect where K satisfies a K b. Then the quantity (b – a) equals
32. Suppose x and y are real numbers such that (x + 5)2 + (y – 12)2 = 196. The minimum value of
(x2 + y2) is
33. If a circle C passing through (4, 0) touches the circle x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y = 12 externally at a
point (1, – 1), then the radius of circle C is equal to
34. A straight line l1 with equation x – 2y + 10 = 0 meets the circle with equation x2 + y2 = 100 at B in
the first quadrant. A line through B, perpendicular to l1 cuts the y-axis at P (0, t). The value of 't' is
35. Let two circles of radii r1 and r2 (r1 > r2) in the first quadrant are tangent to co-ordinate axes.If the
r1
length of common chord of circles is maximum, then find the value of .
r2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
36. The three vertices of ABC are on the circle x2 + y2 = 5. The point (0, 0) is outside the ABC
and 1 unit away from the nearest side of ABC. If the maximum area of the triangle is k cos 72°,
then find the value of k.
37. The locus of the point P (3h – 2, 3k) where (h, k) lies on the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – 4 = 0,
is another circle. Find its radius.
38. On the circle 16x2 + 16y2 + 48x – 8y – 43 = 0 there is a point M which is closest to the line
8x – 4y + 73 = 0. If distance of M from then line is p q where p and q are coprimes, find the value
of (p + q).
39. In a sequence of circles C1, C2, C3, ....... Cn ; the centres lie along positive x-axis with abscissae
forming an arithmetic sequence of first term unity and common difference 3. The radius of these
circles are in geometric sequence with first term unity and common ratio 2. If the tangent lines
with slope m1 and m2 of C3 are intersected at the centre of C5, then compute the value of
2010 m1m 2 .
40. Let C be a circle of radius 2 5 centered at (2, 0). If the tangent drawn to the circle C at (a, b)
(where a > 0) intersect y-axis at (0, 6) then find the value of (a2 + b2).
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (1) 3. (2) 4. (2) 5. (1) 6. (2) 7. (1)
8. (4) 9. (3) 10. (3) 11. (2) 12. (1) 13. (4) 14. (3)
15. (4) 16. (2) 17. (1) 18. (2) 19. (3) 20. (3) 21. (2)
22. (3) 23. (1) 24. (2) 25. (4) 26. 3 27. 8 28. 2
29. 21 30. 6 31. 140 32. 1 33. 5 34. 20 35. 3
36. 8 37. 0009 38. p + q = 7 where, d = 2 5 39. 1608 40. 0032
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPPDAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 16
PARABOLA
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. The length of the latus rectum of the parabola, y2 6y + 5x = 0 is
(1) 1 (2) 3 (3) 5 (4) 7
2. The equation of the directrix of the parabola, y2 + 4y + 4x + 2 = 0 is
(1) x = –1 (2) x = 1 (3) x = – 3/2 (4) x = 3/2
3. Two mutually perpendicular tangents of the parabola y2 = 4ax meet the axis in P1 and P2. If S is
1 1
the focus of the parabola then is equal to
l (SP1 ) l (SP2 )
4 2 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
a a a 4a
4. If the parabola y = x2 is tangent to the circle x2 + (y –1)2 = c, then the value of c is equal
to
4 3 2 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 4 3 2
5. If be the angle subtended at the focus by the chord which is normal at the point (, ), 0
to the parabola y2 = 4x, then the equation of line making angle with positive x-axis
and passing through (1, 2) is
(1) y = 2 (2) x + 2y = 5 (3) x + y = 3 (4) x = 1
6. A line L is common tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 1 and the parabola y2 = 4x.
If is the angle which it makes with the positive x-axis, then tan2 is equal to
(1) 2 sin 18° (2) 2 sin 15° (3) cos 36° (4) 2 cos 36°
7. The radius of circle touching parabola y2 = x at M(1, 1) and having directrix of y2 = x as its
normal, is
6 5 7 5 5 5 3 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 4 4 4
8. TP & TQ are tangents to the parabola, y2 = 4ax at P & Q. If the chord PQ passes through the
fixed point (– a, b) then the locus of T is
(1) ay = 2b (x b) (2) bx = 2a (y a) (3) by = 2a (x a) (4) ax = 2b (y b)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. If A & B are points on the parabola y2 = 4ax with vertex O such that OA perpendicular to OB &
r14 / 3 r24 / 3
having lengths r1 & r2 respectively, then the value of is :
r12 / 3 r22 / 3
(1) 16a2 (2) a2 (3) 4a (4) None of these
3p 7
10. If from a point p, p R, pair of perpendicular tangents are drawn to a parabola
4
whose smallest focal chord is 3x – 4y + 3 = 0, then latus rectum of the parabola is
4 8 16
(1) (2) (3) (4) 4
5 5 5
11. If the tangents & normals at the extremities of a focal chord of a parabola intersect at (x1, y1) and
(x2, y2) respectively, then :
(1) x1 = x2 (2) x1 = y2 (3) y1 = y2 (4) x2 = y1
12. The common tangent to circle x2 + y2 =2 and parabola y2 = 8x and lying below x-axis is equal
to
(1) y = x + 1 (2) y = x + 2 (3) y = x – 2 (4) y = –x – 2
13. The locus of the foot of the perpendiculars drawn from the vertex on a variable tangent to the
parabola y2 = 4ax is
(1) x (x2 + y2) + ay2 = 0 (2) y (x2 + y2) + ax2 = 0
(3) x (x2 y2) + ay2 = 0 (4) none of these
14. The equation of latus rectum of a parabola is x + y = 8 and equation of the tangent at the vertex is
x + y = 12, then the length of latus rectum is
(1) 4 2 (2) 2 2 (3) 8 (4) 8 2
15. The parabola y = x2 – 9 and y = kx2 intersect each other at the points A and B. If the length AB is
equal to 10 units then the value of k is equal to
9 16 16
(1) 75 (2) (3) (4)
25 25 9
16. Let S be the focus of y2 = 4x and a point P is moving on the curve such that it's abscissa is
increasing at the rate of 4 units/sec, then the rate of increase of projection of SP on x + y = 1
when P is at (4, 4) is
3
(1) 2 (2) – 1 (3) – 2 (4) –
2
17. If the normals to the parabola y2 = 4ax at the point P meets the curve again in Q and y1, y2 be the
ordinates of P and the middle point of PQ respectively then y1y2 is equal to
(1) – a2 (2) – 2a2 (3*) – 4a2 (4) – 8a2
18. If M is the foot of the perpendicular from a point P of a parabola y2 = 4ax to its directrix and SPM
is an equilateral triangle, where S is the focus, then SP is equal to :
(1) a (2) 2a (3) 3a (4) 4a
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
19. Tangent and normal are drawn at the endpoints of focal chords of parabola y2 = 4x to form a
rectangle. The locus of circumcentre of rectangle is :
(1) y2 = x – 2 (2) y2 = 2x – 1 (3) 2y2 = 2x – 1 (4) y2 = 2x – 2
20. A chord is drawn through the focus of parabola y2 = 6x such that its distance from the vertex of
5
this parabola is , then its slope can be
2
5 3 2 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 5 3
21. Length of normal chord of the parabola y2 = 4x, which makes an angle of with x-axis, is
4
(1) 8 (2) 8 2 (3) 4 (4) 4 2
22. A parabola with latus rectum 4a slides such that it touches the positive coordinate axes. Then
the locus of its focus is
1 1 1 1 1 2
(1) 2
2 2 , x > 0, y > 0 (2) 2
2 2 , x > 0, y > 0
x y a x y a
1 1 1 1 1 4
(3) 2
2 2 , x > 0, y > 0 (4) 2
2 2 , x > 0, y > 0
x y 2a x y a
23. If the line y – 3 x + 3 = 0 cut the parabola y2 = x + 2 at A and B, then the value of PA · PB is
[where P = ( 3 , 0)]
4 (2 3 ) 4 (2 3 ) 4 (2 3 ) 4 (2 3 )
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3 3
24. Tangents are drawn to y2 = 4ax at point where the line lx + my + n = 0 meets this parabola.
Intersection point of these tangents is
n 2am n am n 2am n am
(1) , (2) , (3) , (4) ,
l l l l l l l l
25. The area bounded by the parabola y2 = 4ax and the lines x = a and x = 4a is
35 a 2 4 a2 7 a2 56 a 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3 3
26. The slope of a chord of the parabola y2 = 4ax which is normal at one end and which subtends a
right angle at the origin is
1 1
(1) (2) 2 (3) 2 (4)
2 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical Value
27. The locus of the middle points of the focal chords of parabola, y2 = 8x is another parabola whose
length of latus rectum is
28. Tangents are drawn from any point on the line y = x – 2 to parabola y2 = 4x such that chords of
contact passes through the fixed point whose coordinates are (a, b). The value of (a + b) is
29. The locus of the mid point of the focal radii of a variable point P moving on the parabola y2 = 8x,
is a parabola whose latus rectum is
30. If the curve y = |x – 3| touches the parabola y 2 = (x – 4) , > 0, then latus rectum of the
parabola, is
31. The circle x2 + y2 = 5 meets the parabola y2 = 4x at P & Q. Then the length PQ is equal to :
32. A chord PQ is a normal to the parabola y2 = 4ax at P and subtends a right angle at the vertex.
If SQ = SP where S is the focus then the value of , is
33. Let y = x + 1 is axis of parabola, y + x – 4 = 0 is tangent of same parabola at its vertex and
y = 2x + 3 is one of its tangent. If S(, ) is focus of parabola, then 9( + ) is equal to
34. If the line x – 1 = 0 is the directrix of the parabola y2 – kx + 8 = 0, then one of the values of k is
35. If the lines y = ax + 1, y = bx + 4 and y = x + 3 are three normals drawn from a point P(h, k)
to a parabola whose axis lies along x-axis, then the value of (a + b + 2h + k) equals
36. Normals PO, PB and PC are drawn to the parabola y2 = 12x from the point P(, 0). If the
triangle OBC is equilateral triangle then possible value of is equal to (where O is the vertex of
the parabola)
37. If the line 2x + y + K = 0 is a normal to the parabola, y2 + 8x = 0 then K =
38. From the point (4 , 6) a pair of tangent lines are drawn to the parabola, y2 = 8x. The area of the
triangle formed by these pair of tangent lines & the chord of contact of the point (4 , 6) is :
39. A tangent is drawn to the parabola y2 = 4x at the point 'P' whose abscissa lies in the interval [1,4].
The maximum possible area of the triangle formed by the tangent at 'P' , ordinate of the point 'P'
and the x-axis is equal to
40. Let P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2) be points on the curve y = x2 – 5x + 6 at which the tangents drawn
intersect at the pont R(1, 1). Find area of triangle PQR.
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (2) 5. (4) 6. (1) 7. (3)
8. (3) 9. (1) 10. (2) 11. (3) 12. (4) 13. (1) 14. (4)
15. (3) 16. (3) 17. (3) 18. (4) 19. (4) 20. (1) 21. (2)
22. (1) 23. (1) 24. (3) 25. (4) 26. (2) 27. 4 28. 0
29. 4 30. 4 31. 4 32. 3 33. 43 34. 4 35. 1
36. 42 37. 24 38. 2 39. 16 40. 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 18
ELLIPSE
SINGLE CORRECT :
1. Number of points which can determine a unique ellipse in xy plane, is
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 5 (4) 6
2. An ellipse has semi major axis of length 2 and semi minor axis of length 1. The distance between its
foci is
(1) 2 3 (2) 3 (3) 2 2 (4) 3
x2 y 2
3. If the line lx + my + n = 0 cuts the ellipse + = 1 in two points whose eccentric angles
a 2 b2
differ by , then
2
(1) a2l2 + b2n2 = 2 m2 (2) a2m2 + b2l2 = 2 n2
(3) a2l2 + b2m2 = 2 n2 (4) a2n2 + b2m2 = 2 l2
4. If the chord through the point whose eccentric angles are & on the ellipse,
(x2/a2) + (y2/b2) = 1 passes through the focus, then the value of (1 + e) tan(/2) tan(/2) is
(1) e + 1 (2) e 1 (3) 1 e (4) 0
5. A ladder 12 units long slides in a vertical plane with its ends in contact with a vertical wall and a
horizontal floor along x-axis. The locus of a point on the ladder 4 units from its foot has the
equation :
x2 x2 y2 x2 y2 y2
(1) + y2 = 1 (2) =1 (3) =1 (4) x2 + =1
4 16 64 64 16 4
( x 1) 2 y2
6. Consider the conic = 1. Suppose P is any point on the conic and S1, S2 are the
3
foci of the conic, then the maximum value of (PS1 + PS2) is
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 3
7. An ellipse in the first quadrant is tangent to co-ordinate axes. If one focus is F1 (3, 7), and the
other focus is F2(d, 7), then the value of 3d is equal to
(1) 5 (2) 7 (3) 14 (4) 49
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
ax if x 2
8 if x2
8. Let f (x) = 2 2 .
b( x b ) if x 2
x2
If f is continuous at x = 2 then the locus of the pair of perpendicular tangents to the ellipse
x2 y 2
1, is
a2 b2
(1) x2 + y2 = 8 (2) x2 + y2 = 10 (3) x2 + y2 = 12 (4) x2 + y2 = 68
9. The equation to the locus of the middle point of the portion of the tangent to the ellipse
x 2 y2
+ =1 included between the co-ordinate axes is the curve :
16 9
(1) 9x2 + 16y2 = 4 x2y2 (2) 16x2 + 9y2 = 4 x2y2
(3) 3x2 + 4y2 = 4 x2y2 (4) 9x2 + 16y2 = x2y2
x2 y2
10. P is any point on the ellipse 1 and Q(0, 2) and R(0, – 2) are two points. If p1 and p2
8 4
are the lengths of the perpendicular from Q and R on the tangent at P then p12 p 22 is equal
to
(1) 32 (2) 16 (3) 4 (4) 8
x 2 y2
11. Tangent drawn to an ellipse 1 at the point with eccentric angle 30º cuts the director
4 1
circle of ellipse at P and Q. The area of triangle OPQ is (where O is origin)
4 19 2 19 6 19 8 19
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7 7 7 7
x 2 y2 3
12. Tangent to the ellipse 1 having slope meet the coordinate axes in A and B.
32 18 4
The area of AOB (O is origin) equals
(1) 12 (2) 8 (3) 24 (4) 32
x 2 y2
13. The equation of common tangent to the curves y2 = 20x and = 1 having positive
25 120
gradient is
(1) 5 y = x + 25 (2) 5 y = x – 25 (3) 5y=x+5 (4) 5y=x–5
14. Let P (x, y) be a variable point on the curve 4x2 + 9y2 – 8x – 36y + 15 = 0,
then min. (x2 – 2x + y2 – 4y + 5) + max. (x2 – 2x + y2 – 4y + 5) is equal to
36 25 13 325
(1) (2) (3) (4)
325 13 25 36
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
x2 y2
15. The point of intersection of the tangents at the point P on the ellipse 2 2 = 1 and its
a b
corresponding point Q on the auxiliary circle meet on the line :
(1) x = a/e (2) x = 0 (3) y = 0 (4) None
x2 y2
16. Let P be arbitrary point on the ellipse 2 – 1 = 0, a > b > 0. Suppose F1 and F2 are the
a b2
foci of the ellipse. The locus of the centroid of the triangle PF1F2 as P moves on the ellipse, is
(1) a circle (2) a parabola (3) an ellipse (4) a hyperbola
17. Equation of the line passing through centre and bisecting the chord 7x + y = 20 of the ellipse
y2
x2 1 , is
7
(1) x + y = 5 (2) x + y = 0 (3) x – y = 0 (4) x – y = 5
1
18. The combined equation of directrices of the ellipse whose eccentricity is , one of the foci is
2
(1,1) and minor axis is x + y = 4 is
(1) x2 + y2 + 2xy + 8 (x + y) + 48 = 0 (2) x2 + y2 + 2xy – 8 (x + y) + 48 = 0
(3) x2 + y2 + 2xy – 8 (x + y) – 48 = 0 (4) x2 + y2 + 2xy + 8 (x + y) – 48 = 0
19. Slope of common tangent to the curve y2 = 4x and x2 + 4y2 = 8 is
1 1 1 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 2 2 4
x 2 y2
20. Equation of one of the common tangent of y2 = 4x and = 1 is
4 3
(1) x + 2y + 4 = 0 (2) x + 2y – 4 = 0 (3) x – 2y – 4 = 0 (4) 2x + y – 4 = 0
x 2 y2
21. The normal at P() on the ellipse 2 2 1 cuts the axis of x at G and PG is produced to Q so
a b
that GQ = 2PG then the locus of Q is given by
a 2x2 y2 a 2x 2 y2
(1) 1 (2) 2 1
(3b 2 a 2 ) 2 b 2 ( a 3b 2 ) 2 4b 2
a 2x2 y2 x2 y2
(3) 2 1 (4) 2 1
(a 3b 2 ) 2 4b 2 (a 3b 2 ) 2 b 2
22. Let S (3, 4) and S' (9, 12) be two foci of an ellipse. If the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular
from focus S to a tangent of the ellipse is (1, – 4) then the eccentricity of the ellipse is
4 5 5 7
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 7 13 13
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
23. An ellipse is drawn by taking the length of a diameter of the circle (x – 1)2 + y2 = 1 as its semi-
minor axis and length of diameter of the circle x2 + (y – 2) 2= 4 as its semi-major axis. If the
centre of ellipse is at origin and its axes are the coordinate axes, then eccentricity of ellipse is
1 1 3 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2 3
x 2 y2
24. If the curves (x – 20)2 + (y – 20)2 = r2 and 100 intersects orthogonally
4 1
at a point (20 cos , 10 sin ) then
1
(1) tan =2 (2) tan = 2 (3) tan = (4) tan = 10
2 2 2 20 2
x 2 y2
25. Any ordinate MP of ellipse 1 meets the auxiliary circle at Q, then locus of point of
25 16
intersection of normals at P and Q to curves is
(1) x2 + y2 = 8 (2) x2 + y2 = 34 (3) x2 + y2 = 64 (4) x2 + y2 = 81
Numerical Value
x 2 y2
26. If F1 and F2 are the feet of the perpendiculars from the foci S1 and S2 of the ellipse 1
5 3
on the tangent at any point P on the ellipse, then (S1F1) (S2F2) is equal to
27. For each point (x, y) on the ellipse with centre at the origin and principal axes along the coordinate
axes, the sum of the distances from the point (x, y) to the points (± 2, 0) is 8. The positive value
of x such that (x, 3) lies on the ellipse, is
x 2 y2
28. The minimum area of a triangle formed by any tangent to the ellipse = 1 and the
16 81
coordinate axes is
x 2 y2
29. If a tangent of slope 2 on the ellipse 2 2 = 1 is normal to the circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 1 = 0, then
a b
the maximum value of ab is
30. If radius of director circle of auxiliary circle of ellipse (3x + 4y – 1)2 + 5(4x – 3y + 2)2 = 250 is r,
then [r] is equal to
[Note : [r] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to r.]
x 2 y2 x 2 y2
31. Let the equations of two ellipses be E1 : = 1 and E2 : = 1. If the product of their
3 2 16 b 2
1
eccentricities is , then the length of the minor axis of ellipse E2 is
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
32. Find length of diameter of the director circle of a circle which touches both the tangents to the
x 2 y2
ellipse = 1 which cut equal intercepts on coordinate axes.
16 9
x 2 y2
33. Consider a circle C : x2 + y2 – 8y + 12 = 0 and an ellipse E : = 1 (a > b and b < 2).
a 2 b2
If the maximum perpendicular distance from the foci of the ellipse upon the tangent drawn to the
circle is 7 units, and shortest distance between both the curves is 1 unit, then find the value of (a2
– 2b2).
34. Let two foci of an ellipse be S1 (2, 3) and S2 (2, 7) and the foot of perpendicular drawn from S1
upon any tangent to the ellipse be (–1, 1). If e be the eccentricity of ellipse and R be the radius
eR2
of director circle of auxiliary circle of ellipse, then find the value of .
4
x 2 y2 x 2 y2
35. If the ellipse 2 = 1 meets the ellipse = 1 at four distinct points and b2 = a + b +
a 9 9 1
3, then find the sum of distinct integral values of [b].
[Note: [k] denotes greatest integer function less than or equal to k.]
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (1) 3. (3) 4. (2) 5. (3) 6. (3) 7. (2)
8. (3) 9. (1) 10. (2) 11. (1) 12. (3) 13. (1) 14. (4)
15. (3) 16. (3) 17. (3) 18. (3) 19. (3) 20. (1) 21. (3)
22. (3) 23. (3) 24. (1) 25. (4) 26. (3) 27. (2) 28. (36)
29. (4) 30. (4) 31. (4) 32. (10) 33. (8) 34. (5) 35. (0)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 19
HYPERBOLA
SINGLE CORRECT :
x y2
1. The eccentricity of the hyperbola 2 2 = 1 whose length of conjugate axis is equal to half of
a b
the distance between the focus is
4 4 2
(1) (2) (3) (4) 3
3 3 3
2. Given the points A(0, 4) and B(0, –4) then the locus of the point P(x, y) such that |AP – BP| = 4,
is
x 2 y2 x 2 y2 x 2 y2 x 2 y2
(1) 1 (2) 1 (3) 1 (4) =–1
4 12 12 4 4 12 12 4
3. If the distance of one of the focus of hyperbola from the two directrices of hyperbola are 5 and 3,
then its eccentricity is
(1) 2 (2) 2 (3) 4 (4) 8
1
x2 2
4. If f(x) = dt , then the curve y = f (x) represent a
0
2t
(1) straight line (2) parabola (3) hyperbola (4) None of these
5. If latus rectum of a hyperbola subtends a right angle at its centre then its eccentricity is
3 1 5 1 3 5
(1) 2 (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2
6. Let e be the eccentricity of hyperbola and f(e) be the eccentricity of its conjugate hyperbola then
2
f (e) f f (e) de is equal to
1
3
(1) 3 (2) 1 (3) (4) 2
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
x2 y2
7. The equation = 1, r > 1 represents
1 r 1 r
(1) An ellipse (2) A hyperbola (3) A circle (4) None of these
8. The equation represented parametrically by x = t2 + 2t – 2 and y = t2 + t – 1 is
(1) Line pair (2) parabola (3) ellipse (4) Hyperbola
9. If e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of the conic sections 16x2 + 9y2 = 144 and 9x2 – 16y2 = 144,
then
(1) e12 e 22 = 1 (2) e12 e 22 = 3 (3) e12 e 22 > 3 (4) e12 e 22 < 3
10. Let from the point P (, ), tangents are drawn to the parabola y2 = 4x, including the angle 45° to
each other. Then locus of P (, ) is
(1) a circle with centre (– 3, 0)
(2) an ellipse with centre (– 3, 0)
(3) a rectangular hypererbola with centre (3, 0)
(4) a rectangular hypererbola with centre (–3, 0)
11. If the chord of the hypererbola x2 – y2 = 9 touches the parabola y2 = 12x, then the locus of the
middle points of these chord is
(1) x3 = (x – 3)y2 (2) x3 = (x + 3) y2 (3) x (x2 – y2) = 3y (4) x3 = x – 3y2
ax if x 2
8 if x 2
12. Let f (x) =
b( x 2 b 2 )
if x 2
x2
If f is continuous at x = 2 then the locus of the point of intersection of the pair of perpendicular
x2 y2
tangents to the hypererbola 2 1 , is
a b2
(1) x2 + y2 = 4 (2) x2 + y2 = 10 (3) x2 + y2 = 12 (4) x2 + y2 = 1
13. A common tangent to 9x2 – 16y2 = 144 and x2 + y2 = 9, is
3 15 2 15 3 3 15
(1) y = x (2) y = 3 x (3) y = 2 x 15 7 (4) y = x
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
14. For all real values of m, the straight line y = mx + 9 m 2 4 is a tangent to the curve :
(1) 9x2 + 4y2 = 36 (2) 4x2 + 9y2 = 36 (3) 9x2 4y2 = 36 (4) 4x2 9y2 = 36
15. The angle between pair of tangents drawn to the curve 7x2 – 12y2 = 84 from M(1, 2) is
1
(1) 2 tan– 1 (2) 2 tan– 12
2
1 1 1
(3) 2 tan tan 1 (4) 2 tan– 13
3 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
16. A common tangent to the conics x2 = 6y and 2x2 – 4y2 = 9, is
9 3
(1) x + y = 1 (2) x – y = 1 (3) x + y = (4) x – y =
2 2
17. The asymptotes of the hyperbola xy – 3x – 2y = 0 are
(1) x – 2 = 0 & y – 3 = 0 (2) x – 3 = 0 and y – 2 = 0
(3) x + 2 = 0 & y + 3 = 0 (4) x + 3 = 0 and y+ 2 = 0
18. A tangent to the hyperbola x2 – 2y2 = 4 meets x-axis at P and y-axis at Q. Line PR and QR are
drawn such that OPRQ is a rectangle (where O is origin). The locus of R is
4 2 4 2 2 4 2 4
(1) 2
2 =1 (2) 2
2 1 (3) 2
2 1 (4) 2
2 1
x y x y x y x y
e e'
19. A variable line having intercepts e and e' on co-ordinate axes, where , are eccentricities of
2 2
a hyperbola and its conjugate hyperbola , then the line touches the circle x2 + y2 = r2 whose
radius is
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) cannot be found
20. The chord PQ of the rectangular hyperbola xy = a2 meets the axis of x at A ; C is the mid point
of PQ & 'O' is the origin. Then the ACO is :
(1) equilateral (2) isosceles (3) right angled (4) right isosceles.
21. Latus rectum of the conic satisfying the differential equation, x dy + y dx = 0 and passing through
the point (2, 8) is :
(1) 4 2 (2) 8 (3) 8 2 (4) 16
x2 y2
22. Normals to the hypererbola 1 , at the point P() passes through (2a, 0), at Q()
a2 b2
passes through (0, – 2b) then
(1) – < tan < (2) – 1 < tan < 0 (3) 0 < tan < 1 (4) tan > 2
23. A parabola is drawn with its vertex at (0, –3), the axis of symmetry along the conjugate axis of the
x 2 y2
hyperbola = 1, and passes through the two foci of the hyperbola. The coordinates of the
49 9
focus of the parabola are
11 11 11 11
(1) 0, (2) 0, (3) 0, (4) 0,
6 6 12 12
24. If two tangents can be drawn to the different branches (i.e. one to each branch) of the hyerpbola
2x2 – y2 = 1 from the point (, 2), then the range of is
(1) , 2 2, (2) (– , –1) (1, )
(3) (–1, 1)
(4) 2 , 2
25. Normal drawn to the hyperbola xy = 1 at point A(t1), where it meets the hyperbola again at B(t2),
then
3 3 3 3
(1) t1 t 2 = 1 (2) t1 t 2 = –1 (3) t1 t 2 = 1 (4) t1 t 2 = –1
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical Value
3
26. The least integral value of m for which the two curves |x| y =8 – m |x| and x2y = 1 have no
point in common is
x 2 y2 x 2 y2 1
27. If the foci of the ellipse 2 1 and the hyperbola coincide, then the value of
16 b 144 81 25
b2 is
28. Let S1 x2 + y2 + 6x + 8 = 0 and S2 x2 + y2 – 4x = 0 are two circles. Locus of the centre of a
variable circle which touches externally S1 and S2, is a hyperbola whose eccentricity is
29. If the ellipse 4x2 + 9y2 = 36 and the hyperbola 2x2 – y2 = 4 intersects orthogonally then the value
of can be
30. A tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 4 intersects the hyperbola x2 – 2y2 = 2 at P and Q. If locus of
mid-point of PQ is (x2 – 2y2)2 = (x2 + 4y2), then equals
x 2 y2
31. Let S2 be the image of the curve S1 : = 1 in the line mirror 3x – 2y = 0. If equation of the
4 1
a
transverse axis of the curve S2 is ax + 5y + c – 3 = 0 then find the value of .
c
32. An ellipse and a hyperbola are confocal (having same focus). Length of major axis of ellipse is 8
and length of transverse axis of hyperbola is 4. If P is one of the points of intersection of ellipse
and hyperbola then find the product of focal radii of the point P on the ellipse.
x 2 y2
33. The tangent at point P on the hyperbola 2 2 = 1 passes through the point (0, –b) and the
a b
normal at point P passes through the point 2 2 a , 0 . If e denote the eccentricity of hyperbola
then find the value of e2.
34. A normal to the hyperbola x2 – 4y2 = 4 has equal intercepts on positive x and y axes.
x 2 3y 2
If this normal touches the ellipse 2 = 1, then find the length of minor axis of ellipse.
a 13
x2
35. From a point P, tangents are drawn to the curve – y2 = 1. If the chord of contact is a normal
2
8 1
chord, then the locus of P is the curve 2
2 = , where N. Find .
x y
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (4) 3. (2) 4. (2) 5. (3) 6. (3) 7. (4)
8. (2) 9. (4) 10. (4) 11. (1) 12. (1) 13. (2) 14. (4)
15. (3) 16. (4) 17. (1) 18. (2) 19. (2) 20. (2) 21. (3)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (1) 25. (2) 26. (4097) 27. (7) 28. (5)
29. (2) 30. (4) 31. (4) 32. (0012) 33. (0002) 34. (4) 35. (9)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 20
VECTOR
1. The set of values of 'm' for which the vectors a m i ( m 1) j ( m 8) k ,
b ( m 3) i ( m 4) j (m 5) k & c ( m 6) i (m 7) j (m 8) k are non-coplanar is :
(1) R (2) R {1} (3) R {1, 2} (4)
2. The vector AB 3î 4k̂ and AC 5î 2ˆj 4k̂ are the sides of a triangle ABC. The length of the
median through A is
(1) 288 (2) 72 (3) 33 (4) 18
3. a , b, c are three non-coplanar vectors. The position vectors of three point P, Q, R are
2a b 3c , 4a 3b c and a 4b 6c . P, Q, R are collinear if
5
(1) = = (2) = = 5 (3) = 5, = – 5 (4) = 5, = 4
2
4. PQRS is a parallelogram. The position vectors of P, Q, R and S in order are, respectively,
p 3k̂ , q î yˆj , r 5î 2 x ĵ k̂ and s yî 2k̂ The values of x and y are
(1) x = 0, y = 5 (2) x = 3, y = 6 (3) x = 2, y = 4 (4) x = 8, y = 4
5. In a 3D rectangular coordinate system with origin 'O', point A, B and C are on the x, y and z axes
respectively. If the area of the triangles OAB, OAC and OBC are 4, 6 and 12 respectively then the
area of the triangle ABC equals
(1) 14 (2) 16 (3) 18 (4) 22
6. Let G be centroid of ABC whose side length are a, b, c. If P is a point in the plane of ABC
a 2 b2 c 2
such that PA = 1, PB = 2, PC = 1 & PG = 1 then the value of is equal to
9
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
7. Let û and v̂ are unit vectors such that û · v̂ = 0 If r is any vector coplanar with û and v̂ then
magnitude of r ( û v̂) is equal to
1
(1) 0 (2) | r | (3) |r| (4) 1
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
8. Let r î 2 ĵ 3k̂ and n î ĵ k̂ . Suppose r a b where a is perpendicular to n and
b is parallel to n . Then the value of a , is
4 2 2 2 2 2 1 8 7 1 9ˆ 8
(1) î ˆj k̂ (2) î ˆj k̂ (3) î ĵ k̂ (4) î j k̂
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9. Four vectors a , b, c and x satisfy the relation (a · x ) b c x where b ·a 1 . The value of x in
terms of a , b and c is equal to
(a ·c )b c(a ·b 1) c
(1) (2)
(a ·b 1) a ·b 1
2( a · c ) b c 2( a · c ) c c
(3) (4)
a ·b 1 a ·b 1
10. If three vectors a , b , c are such that a 0 and a b 2 a c , a c = 1, b = 4 and the angle
1
between b & c is cos -1 then b 2 c a where ( > 0) is equal to
4
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 1/2 (4) 1/4
11. If three unit vectors a , b and c satisfy a 3 b c 0 then angle between a and b is equal
to
2 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 6 3 6
12. If V1 î a ĵ k̂ ; V2 ĵ a k̂ ; V3 a î k̂ then the value of 'a' for which the volume of the
parallaelopiped formed by three vectors as coterminous edges is minimum , is
1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) 0
2 3 3
13. If a and b are two orthogonal vectors of equal magnitude such that 3a 4b 4a 3b 20 ,
then the value of (a b) a is equal to
(1) 16 (2) 8 (3) 4 (4) 2
14. Let a and b be two vectors of length 2 such that | a b | = 5 . If c a 2b 2 (a b) then
| c |2 is equal to
(1) 14 (2) 42 (3) 32 (4) 27
1
15. Let a and c be unit vectors and | b | = 4, a b = 2a c and a ^ c = cos–1 . If b 2c a
4
then possible value(s) of is/are
(1) – 5 (2) 5 (3) 4 (4) – 4
16.
The triple scalar product a b c , b c a , c a b is equal to :
(1) 0 (2) a b c (3) 2 a b c (4) 4 a b c
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
1
17. Given a , b, c are vectors such that a b c =
. If the vector V can be expressed as linear
3
combination of b c , c a and a b as V = x ( b c) + y ( c a ) + z (a b) then
(x + y + z) has the value equal to
(1) V · ( a b c ) (2) 3V · ( a b c) (3) 2V · (a b c ) (4) None
18. If a t î 3 ĵ 2t k̂ ; b î 2 ˆj 2 k̂ and c 3î t ˆj k̂ then the value of the integral
2
a . (b c) dt equals
1
(1) 0 (2) 6 (3) – 2 (4) 4
19. Given | p | = 2 ; | q | = 3 and p · q = 0. If V = p p p (p q) then the vector V is
(1) collinear with p (2) V 16p (3) V 48q (4) V 16q
20.
If a , b , c , d are non zero vectors satisfying a b c d b c d a [ a c d ] b then
(1) no three out of a , b , c and d are coplanar
(2) b , c , d are coplanar
(3) a , b , d are coplanar
(4) a , b , c are coplanar
21. If the angle between â and b̂ is , b̂ and ĉ is and ĉ and â is , then the volume of
3 3 2
parallelopiped with coterminous edges â , b̂ , ĉ is equal to
1 3 1 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2 2
22. Let OABC be a tetrahedron (O being the origin). If position vectors of A, B and C are
î , î ĵ and ˆj k̂ respectively, then height of the tetrahedron (taking plane ABC as base), is
equal to
1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) 2
2 2 2 2
23. If a = 2î ˆj k̂ , b = î 2ˆj 2k̂ , c = î ˆj 2k̂
and (1 + ) î + (1 + ) ĵ + (1 + ) (1 + ) k̂ = a b c then , , are
2 2 2 –2
(1) – 2, – 4, – (2) 2, – 4, (3) – 2, 4 , (4) 2, 4,
3 3 3 3
24. Let a , b and c be three units vectors such that a b c . Let x be vector, then
a (a x ) b ( b x ) c ( c x ) equals
(1) x (2) – x (3) – 2 x (4) 2 x
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
25. Let a and b be two non-colinear vectors and x be a vector in space such that a = 1; b = 3,
a ·x = 2, b · x = 9, a ·b = 0, x = 14 and x a b = 3. If
x pa qb r a b then
(1) p + q – 3r = 2 (2) p + q + r = 5 (3) p + q + r = 3 (4) p + q + r = – 1
Numerical Value
26. If a and b are perpendicular vectors such that a = 2, b = 3, then
a (a b) b (a b) a b is equal to
27. a , b, c are unit vectors such that a b = 2 c then 6 a 8 b is divisible by
2 2
28. Let ( p q) r (q · r ) q ( x y )q (14 4x 6 y)p and ( r · r ) p r where p and q
are two non-zero non-collinear vectors and x and y are scalars. Find the value of (x + y).
29. If the vector v with magnitude 6 is along the internal bisector of the angle between
a 7î 4ˆj 4k̂ and b 2î ˆj 2k̂ , then v · a equals
30. If A î 3ˆj 4k̂ , B 6î 4ˆj 8k̂ , C 5î 2ˆj 5k̂ and a vector r satisfies r B C B and
| B|
r ·A 0 then the value of is equal to
| r C|
31. The volume of the tetrahedron the p.v's of whose angular points are (5, 2, –3), (11, 2, 3), (5, 8, 3)
and (5, 2, 3) is
2 2
ab ab
32. Let a and b be two unit vectors then the maximum value of 2 2 is equal to
ab ab
33. Let p̂ a î bĵ and q̂ c î dˆj be two unit vectors, then the maximum value of
a 2 b2 ac bd is
ac bd c2 d 2
34. Let a and c be unit vectors and | b | 4 with a b 2 a c . The angle between a and c is
1
cos–1 . If b 2c a then | | equals
4
35. If x & y are non-zero, non-collinear vectors satisfying
f (1) 1 x f (2) 2 y f (3) 3 ( x y ) 0 , where f(x) is a cubic polynomial with leading
coefficient unity, then f(4) is equal to
ANSWER KEY
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4. (3) 5. (1) 6. (1) 7. (2)
8. (3) 9. (1) 10. (2) 11. (4) 12. (2) 13. (2) 14. (4)
15. (4) 16. (4) 17. (2) 18. (1) 19. (4) 20. (4) 21. (3)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (3) 25. (1) 26. 36 27. 2 28. 5
29. 9 30. 2 31. 36 32. 1 33. 1 34. 3 35. 10
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPP DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 21
3-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
1. Direction cosines of the line equally inclined with axes are -
1 1 1
(1) 1,1,1 (2) , ,
3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
(3) , , (4) – ,– ,–
4 4 4 2 2 2
2. Which one of the following lines is parallel to the line
L : (x, y, z) = (1, 0, – 2) + t(–1, 3, 0), t R
x 1 z 3 y
(1) , y3 (2) 1 – x = =z+2
3 2 3
y y
(3) 1 – x = ,z=5 (4) x + 1 = ,z=2
3 3
x 2 y 3 z 4 x 1 y 4 z 5
3. The lines and are coplanar if
1 1 k k 2 1
(1) k = 1 or – 1 (2) k = 0 or – 3 (3) k = 3 or – 3 (4) k = 0 or – 1
4 The shortest distance between the skew lines,
r1 = 3 i 6 j 4 i 3 j 2 k and r2 = 2 i 7 k 4 i j k is :
(1) 9 (2) 6 (3) 3 (4) none
5. If acute angle between the line r = î 2 ĵ ( 4î 3k̂ ) and xy plane is and acute angle
between the planes x + 2y = 0 and 2x + y = 0 is then (cos2 + sin2) equals
1 2 3
(1) 1 (2) (3) (4)
4 3 4
x 7 y 7 z 3 x 1 y 1 z 1
6. Consider two lines L1 : and L2 : .
3 2 1 2 4 3
If a line L whose direction ratios are 2, 2, 1 intersect the lines L1 and L2 at A and B then the
distance AB is
(1) 18 (2) 24 (3) 36 (4) 50
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
x 2 y z 1
7. If the lines L1 : x – 2y + 4z = 0, 2x + y + z – 4 = 0 and L2 : = = are perpendicular,,
2 1 2a
then a is equal to
1 1
(1) (2) (3) 2 (4) –2
2 2
8. The shortest distance between the lines 2x + y + z – 1 = 0 = 3x + y + 2z – 2 and x = y = z, is
1 3 3
(1) (2) 2 (3) (4)
2 2 2
9. Let L1 : r î ĵ 2k̂ s( 2î ĵ 4k̂ ) and L2 : r 2î k̂ t ( 4î 3 ĵ k̂ ) be two lines in R3, then
(1) L1 and L2 are intersecting lines at a unique point.
(2) L1 and L2 are parallel lines with no intersecting point.
(3) L1 and L2 are coincident lines.
(4) L1 and L2 are skew lines.
10. The equation of the line passing through M(1, 1, 1) and intersects at right angle to the line of
x 1 y 1 z 1
intersection of the planes x + 2y – 4z = 0 and 2x – y + 2z = 0 is = = , then
a b c
a : b : c equals
(1) 5 : – 1 : 2 (2) – 5 : 1 : 2 (3) 5 : – 1 : – 2 (4) 5 : 1 : 2
11. The point of intersection of the plane r ·(3î 5ˆj 2k̂ ) 6 with the straight line passing through
the origin and perpendicular to the plane 2x – y – z = 4, is (x0, y0, z0). The value of
(2x0 – 3y0 + z0), is
(1) 0 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
12. Equation of the plane containing the lines
r (1, 1, 0) t (1, 1, 2)
r ( 2, 0, 2) s( 1, 1, 0)
is
(1) x + 3y + z = 4 (2) x + y – 2 = 0 (3) 5x – 3y – 4z = 2 (4) 3x – y – 2z = 2
13. A is a vector with direction cosines, cos , cos & cos respectively. Assuming yz plane as a
mirror the direction cosines of the reflected image of A in the yz plane is :
(1) cos , cos , cos (2) cos , cos , cos
(3) cos , cos , cos (4) cos , cos , cos
14. The distance of the plane passing through the point P(1, 1, 1) and perpendicular to the
x 1 y 1 z 1
line from the origin is
3 0 4
(1) 3/4 (2) 4/3 (3) 7/5 (4) 1
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
15. The equation of plane on which foot of perpendicular from origin is (1, 2, 3) is
(1) x + 2y + 3z = 6 (2) x + 2y + 3z = 14
(3) x + 2y + 3z + 14 = 0 (4) None of these
16. The variable plane (2 + 1)x + (3 – )y + z = 4, R always passes through the line
x y z x y z4 x y z4 x y z4
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 2 3 1 2 7 0 0 1 1 2 7
x 1 y2 z 3 x 2 y 3 zk
17. Let the line L1 : and L2 : intersect at P..
2 3 4 1 2 4
The least distance of P from the plane 3x – 4y – 12z + 4 = 0, equals
(1) 3 (2) 5 (3) 7 (4) 9
18. The equation of plane passing through the point (–1, 3, 2) and perpendicular to each of the
planes
x + 2y + 3z = 5 and 3x + 3y + z = 0 is
(1) 7x – 8y + 3z + 25 = 0 (2) 7x + 8y + 3z – 25 = 0
(3) –7x + 8y – 3z + 5 = 0 (4) 7x – 8y – 3z + 5 = 0
x 2 y 1
19. The distance of the point (–1, –5, –10) from the point of intersection of the line = =
2 4
z2
and the plane x – y + z = 5 must be
12
(1) 10 (2) 11 (3) 12 (4) 13
20. The equation of plane which passes through the point of intersection of lines
r î 2 ĵ 3k̂ (3î ĵ 2k̂ ) and r 3î ĵ 2k̂ î 2 ĵ 3k̂ where , R and has the
greatest distance from the origin is
(1) r · 7 î 2 ĵ 4k̂ 54
(2) r · 5î 4 ĵ 3k̂ 57
(3) r ·3î 4ˆj 5k̂ 49 (4) r ·4î 3ˆj 5k̂ 50
21. A plane passes through (1, –2, 1) and is perpendicular to two planes 2x – 2y + z = 0 and
x – y + 2z = 4. The distance of the plane from the point (1, 2, 2) is
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 2 2
22.
P 1, 7, 2 be a point and line L is 2 2 (x – 1) = y – 2, z = 0. If PQ is distance of plane
2 x + y – z = 1 from P measured along a line inclined at an angle of 45° with L and is minimum
then PQ is
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 5
23. Let P(a, b, c) be any point on the plane 3x + 2y + z = 7, then the least value of (a2 + b2 + c2),
is
7
(1) 7 (2) 14 (3) (4) 4
2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
1 t
24. The distance between the line x= 2 + t, y = 1 + t, z = – and the plane r ·( î 2ˆj 6k̂ ) 10 ,
2 2
is
1 1 1 9
(1) (2) (3) (4)
6 41 7 41
25. If distance between two non-intersecting planes P1 and P2 is 3 units, where P1 is 2x – 3y + 6z +
5 = 0 and P2 is 4x + by + cz + d = 0 and point A (–3, 0, –1) is lying between the planes P1 and P2
then the value of (b + c + d), is equal to
(1) 36 (2) 44 (3) 58 (4) 72
Numerical Value
26.
Let a and b be two vectors such that a = 1 and a · b ( a b) = 8. If angle between a and
b is csc–1 2 , then magnitude of b equals
27. If the line 2x + y = 0 = x – y + z is parallel to the plane kx + y + z + 2 = 0 then the value of k is
equal to
28. If the equation of the plane passing through the point (– 1, 2, 0) and parallel to the lines
x y 1 z 2 x 1 y 1 z 1
and is ax + by + cz = 1, then the value of (a + b + c),
3 0 1 1 2 1
is
29. Equation of a line passing through the point (0, 1, 2) and is perpendicular to the line
x 1 y 1 z 0
L1 : and also intersects L1 is L. If line L intersect the plane 2x + y + z = 6 at
1 1 2
the point (x0, y0, z0), then the value of x 20 y 20 z 02 , is
x 1 y 3 z 2 x2 y6 z2
30. Consider the lines L1 : and L2 : .
2 2 1 1 1 3
The distance of the point P 10 , 10 , 10 from the plane passing through origin and whose
normal is perpendicular to both the lines L1 and L2, is
31. If A î 3ˆj 4k̂ , B 6î 4ˆj 8k̂ , C 5î 2ˆj 5k̂ and a vector r satisfies r B C B and
| B|
r ·A 0 then the value of is equal to
| r C|
1 x 7 y 14 z 3 7 7x 5 y 6 z
32. If the lines and are orthogonal to each other,,
3 2p 2 3p 1 5
then the value of p is
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
33. The distance of the point P(1, –2, 3) from the plane x – y + z = 5 measured parallel to the line
x y z
is
2 3 6
34. The direction ratios of two lines L1 and L2 are < 4, – 1, 3 > and < 2, – 1, 2 > respectively. A vector
V is perpendicular to L1 and L2 both such that V = 15 . If V = x1î x 2 ĵ x 3k̂ , then find the
value of | x1 + x2 + x3 |.
x 1 y 3 z 4
35. Let image of the line in the plane 2x – y + z + 3 = 0 be L.
3 5 2
A plane 7x + By + Cz + D = 0 is such that it contains the line L and perpendicular to the plane
2x – y + z + 3 = 0. Find the value of (B + 3C + D).
ANSWER KEY
1. (2) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4 (1) 5. (1) 6. (1) 7. (2)
8. (1) 9. (4) 10. (1) 11. (4) 12. (2) 13. (3) 14. (3)
15. (2) 16. (4) 17. (3) 18. (1) 19. (4) 20. (4) 21. (4)
22. (2) 23. (3) 24. (4) 25. (3) 26. 4 27. 5 28. 5
29. 9 30. 2 31. 2 32. 10 33. 1 34. 15 35. 4
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 22
COMPLEX NUMBER
1
1. The conjugate of a complex number is . Then that complex number is
i 1
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
i 1 i 1 i 1 i 1
2. Total number of complex numbers 'z', satisfying Re(z2) = 0, | z | = 3 , is equal to
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 6 (4) None of these
3. Let Z is complex satisfying the equation
z2 – (3 + i)z + m + 2i = 0, where m R. Suppose the equation has a real root.
The additive inverse of non real root, is
(1) 1 – i (2) 1 + i (3) – 1 – i (4) –2
4. If = –1 + i 3 and n is a positive integer which is not a multiple of 3, then 2n + 2n n + 22n =
(1) 1 (2) –1 (3) 0 (4) 2
5. The number of complex numbers z such that z 1 z 1 z i equals
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4)
107
ik
2n 1 2m
k1
6. The value of i is.
m 1
(1) i (2) – i (3) –1 (4) 1
7. If z1 = (3 – 4i) ei/4 and z2 = (4 + 3i) ei/6; then
(1) | z1 | > | z2 | (2)| z1 | < | z2 |
(3) | z1 | = | z2 | (4) | z1 | and | z2 | can't be compared.
8. If and are the roots of the equation x2 – x + 1 = 0, then 2009 + 2009 is equal to
(1) – 2 (2) – 1 (3) 1 (4) 2
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
9. The complex number z having least positive argument which satisfy the condition |z – 25i | 15
is -
(1) 25i (2) 12 + 25i (3) 16 + 12i (4) 12 + 16i
10. If z 1, z 2 are complex numbers such that Re(z 1) = | z 1 – 2 |, Re(z 2 ) = |z 2 – 2 | and
arg (z1 – z2) = , then Im (z1 – z2) =
3
(1) 2 3 (2) 4 3 (3) 2 3 (4) 3
11. The continued product of all the four values of the complex number (1 + i)3/4 is
(1) 23 (1 + i) (2) 2(1 – i) (3) 2(1 + i) (4) 23 (1 – i)
3 i
12. Let z = – . Then the smallest positive integer n such that (z95 + i67)94 = zn is
2
2
(1) 12 (2) 10 (3) 9 (4) 8
15
13. Let z = cos + i sin . Then the value of Im(z 2m1 ) at = 2° is
m 1
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
sin 2 3 sin 2 2 sin 2 4 sin 2
14. Let A and B denote the statements
A : cos + cos + cos = 0
B : sin + sin + sin = 0
3
If cos + cos + cos = , then :
2
(1) A is false and B is true (2) both A and B are true
(3) both A and B are false (4) A is true and B is false
1 z
15. If z is a complex number of unit modulus and argument , then arg equals
1 z
(1) (2) (3) – (4) –
2
16. If |z| = r. Area of the triangle whose vertices are z, z and z + z, where is the non real cube
root of unity, is 4 3 sq. units, then the value of 'r' is
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
17. Let 1 be a cube root of unity and E = 2(1 + ) (1 + 2) + 3(2 + 1) (2 + 1) (22 + 1)
+ 4(3 + 1) (32 + 1) …… + (n + 1)(n + 1) (n2 + 1) Then E is equal to
n 2 (n 1)2 n 2 (n 1)2 n 2 (n 1)2 n 2 (n 1)2
(1) (2) +n (3) –n (4) – (n + 1)
4 4 4 4
4
18. If Z z = 2, then the maximum value of | Z | is equal to :
(1) 5 1 (2) 2 (3) 2 + 2 (4) 3 1
19. If (1) is a cube root of unity and (1 + )7 = A + B. Then (A, B) equals to
(1) (0, 1) (2) (1, 1) (3) (2, 0) (4) (–1, 1)
20. If z1 & z1 represent adjacent vertices of a regular polygon of n sides with centre at the origin
Im z1
and if 2 1 then the value of n is equal to
Re z1
(1) 8 (2) 12 (3) 16 (4) 24
21. If |z| 4, then the maximum value of |iz + 3 – 4i| is equal to
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 3 (4) 9
22. The minimum value of | z – 1 + 2i | + | 4i – 3 – z | is
(1) 5 (2) 5 (3) 2 13 (4) 15
23. A particle starts from a point z0 = 1 + i, where i = 1 . It moves horizontally away from origin by
2 units and then vertically away from origin by 3 units to reach a point z1. From z1 particle
1
moves 5 units in the direction of 2î ĵ and then it moves through an angle of cos ec 2 in
anticlockwise direction of a circle with centre at origin to reach a point z2. The arg z2 is given by
1
3 1
1 1
(1) sec–1 2 (2) cot–10 (3) sin 2 2 (4) cos
2
24. Let z = x + iy be a complex number where x and y are integers. Then the area of the rectangle
whose vertices are the roots of the equation zz 3 zz 3 350 is
(1) 48 (2) 32 (3) 40 (4) 80
25. The remainder obtained when (i)2000010 is divided by 51 is.
(1) –1 (2) 1 (3) 50 (4) 49
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
Numerical Value
26. If the complex numbers x and y satisfy x3 – y3 = 98i and x – y = 7i then xy = a + ib, where
a, b R. The value of (a + b)/3 equals ...........
27. If x = – 2 – 2, then the value of x4 + 3x3 + 2x2 – 11x – 6 is (where w is cube root of unity)..............
28. Let z = 9 + bi, where b is nonzero real and i2 = –1. If the imaginary part of z2 and z3 are equal, then
b/3 is .............
29. Modulus of nonzero complex number z satisfying z z = 0 and | z |2 – 4zi = z2 is ............
30. If the expression (1 + ir)3 is of the form of s(1 + i) for some real s where r is also real and, then the
sum of all possible values of r is .................
16
31. If complex number z (z 2) satisfies the equation z2 = 4z + | z |2 + 3
, then the value of
z
| z |4 is .............
32. The complex number z satisfies z + | z | = 2 + 8i. The value of (| z | – 8) is .............
z 1
33. Let | z | = 2 and w = , where z, w C (where C is the set of complex numbers). Then product
z 1
of least and greatest value of modulus of w is..................
4
1 cos i sin
34. If = cos n + i sin n, then n is.
sin i 1 cos
35. If z is a complex number satisfying z4 + z3 + 2z2 + z + 1 = 0. Then | z | is equal to..................
ANSWER KEY
1. (2) 2. (2) 3. (3) 4. (3) 5. (2) 6. (3) 7. (3)
8. (3) 9. (4) 10. (2) 11. (2) 12. (2) 13. (4) 14. (2)
15. (2) 16. (4) 17. (2) 18. (1) 19. (2) 20. (1) 21. (4)
22. (3) 23. (2) 24. (1) 25. (1) 26. (7) 27. (1) 28. (5)
29. (2) 30. (3) 31. (4) 32. (9) 33. (1) 34. (4) 35. (1)
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 24
PERMUTATION & COMBINATION
1. The number of different words of three letters which can be formed from the word "PROPOSAL",
if a vowel is always in the middle are
(1) 52 (2) 53 (3) 63 (4) 54
2. At an election a voter may vote for any number of candidates not exceeding half the number of
candidates standing for election . If the number of candidates contesting is eight , the number of
ways in which a voter may vote assuming he votes atleast one, is :
(1) 161 (2) 162 (3) 163 (4) 164
3. The number of ways in which 5 different prizes be given among 11 candidates, each candidate
receiving any number of prizes are :
(1) 115 (2) 511 (3) 11C5 (4) 11P5
4. How many four digit PIN numbers can be made using only the digits 2, 3 and 4 and using each of
these digits at least once in each PIN number?
(1) 24 (2) 36 (3) 48 (4) 72
5. If all the letters of the word "NIDHI" are arranged in alphabetical order then the rank of the word
NIDHI, is
(1) 43 (2) 54 (3) 55 (4) 56
6. Total number of 5 digit numbers having all different digits and divisible by 4 that can be formed
using the digits {1, 3, 2, 6, 8, 9}, is equal to
(1) 192 (2) 32 (3) 1152 (4) 384
7. Number of 7 digit telephone numbers that can be created if the first three digits must be 426, 427
or 428 and the right most digit is divisible by 3, is k thousand then k is equal to
(1) 12 (2) 9 (3) 6 (4) 3
8. P is the product of all the prime numbers between 1 to 100. Then the number of Zeroes at the
end of P are:
(1) 1 (2) 24 (3) 0 (4) none of these
9. The number of ways in which 13 alike apples can be distributed among 7 boys, each receiving at
least one is :
(1) 20C7 (2) 12C6 (3) 13C6 (4) none
10. Consider 8 vertices of a regular octagon and its centre. If T denotes the number of triangles and
S denotes the number of straight lines that can be formed with these 9 points then T – S has the
value equal to
(1) 56 (2) 52 (3) 48 (4) 44
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
11. Number of ways in which 5 boys and 5 girls can be seated alternatively on a round table if a
particular boys and a particular girl are never adjacent to each other in any arrangement, is
(1) 288 (2) 552 (3) 1584 (4) 1728
12. There are 3 men and 7 women taking a dance class. Number of different ways in which each
man be paired with a woman partner, and the four remaining women be paired into two pairs
each of two, is
(1) 105 (2) 315 (3) 630 (4) 450
13. 10 different letters of an alphabet are given . Words with 5 letters are formed from these given
letters . Then the number of words which have atleast one letter repeated is :
(1) 69760 (2) 30240 (3) 99748 (4) none
14. A convex polygon has 44 diagonals. The polygon is
(1) nonagon (2) decagon (3) undecagon (4) Dodecagon
132!
15. Number of zeros at the end of the number N = 104 19 is
2 5
(1) 6 (2) 13 (3) 26 (4) 47
16. A class has three teachers, Mr. P, Ms. Q and Mrs. R and six students A,B,C,D,E,F. Number of
ways in which they can be seated in a line of 9 chairs, if between any two teachers there are
exactly two students, is k(6!) then the value of k is
(1) 18 (2) 12 (3) 24 (4) 6
17. A train time-table must be compiled for various days of the week so that two trains a day depart
for three days , one train a day for two days and three trains a day for two days . How many
different time-tables can be compiled ?
(1) 140 (2) 210 (3) 133 (4) 72
18. What is the greatest power of 5 which can divide 80! exactly.
(1) 16 (2) 20 (3) 19 (4) none of these
19. From 6 boys and 7 girls a committee of 5 is to be formed so as to include atleast one girl. The
number of ways this can be done is
(1) 13C4 (2) 6C4 . 7C1 (3) 7 . 6C4 (4) none
20. The number of ways in which the number 94864 can be resolved as a product of two factors is
(1) 30 (2) 23 (3) 45 (D ) 46
21. The number of ways in which 4 boys and 4 girls can stand in a circle so that each boy and each
girl is one after the other is :
(1) 3 ! · 4 ! (2) 4 ! · 4 ! (3) 8 ! (4) 7 !
22. The number of ways in which 10 apples, 5 oranges and 5 mangoes can be distributed among
three persons, each receiving none, one or more is :
(assume fruits of the same species to be identical)
(1) 12C2 . 7C2 . 7C2 (2) 13C3 . 8C3 . 7C3
(22) !
(3) (4) none
10 ! 5 ! 5 ! 2 !
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
23. A class is composed of 2 brothers and 6 other boys . In how many ways can all the boys be
seated at a round table so that the 2 brothers are not seated besides each other is :
(1) 720 (2) 1440 (3) 3600 (4) 4320
24. Rajdhani express going from Bombay to Delhi stops at 5 intermediate stations . 10 passengers
enter the train during the journey with ten different ticket of two classes . The number of different
sets of tickets they may have had is :
(1) 15C10 (2) 20C10 (3) 30C10 (4) none
25. Number of ways of selecting 5 coins from coins three each of Rs. 1, Rs. 2 and Rs. 5 if coins of
the same denomination are alike, is :
(1) 9 (2) 12 (3) 21 (4) none
Numerical Value
26. 10 different toys are to be distributed among 10 children. If the total number of ways of distributing
all these toys so that exactly two children do not get any toy, is k(10!), then the value of k is
27. Number of zeroes at the end of , is
28. Let Tn denote the number of triangles which can be formed using the vertices of a regular polygon
of' n ' sides. If Tn + 1 Tn = 21 , then ' n ' equals
29. The number of triangles whose vertices are at the vertices of an octagon but sides are not the
sides of the octagon.
30. The total number of combinations 6 at a time which can be formed from 6 alike white, 6 alike blue,
6 alike green and 6 alike red balls is
31. Number of ways in which a selection of 100 balls, can be made out of 100 Red, 100 Blue and
100 White balls if balls of the same colour are alike, is
32. In a league of 8 teams, each team played every other team 10 times. The number of wins of the
8 teams formed an arithmetic sequence. Find the least possible number of games won by the
champion.
33. Consider a 7 digit telephone number 336 - 7624 which has the property that the first three digit
prefix, 336 equals the product of the last four digits. How many seven digit phone numbers
beginning with 336 have this property, other than 336 - 7624
34. Let N denotes the number of odd integers between 550 and 800 using the digits 4, 5, 6,7, 8 and
9. Find the sum of the digits in N.
35. In how many ways can clean & clouded (overcast) days occur in a week assuming that
an entire day is either clean or clouded.
36. If the number of ways in which the letters of the word 'TEACHER' can be placed in the squares
of the given figure so that no row remains empty is (k)7!, then find the value of k.
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
37. Let X = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} and A = {1, 2, 3, 4}. If N be the number of 4 element subsets
Y of X such that 10 Y and the intersection of Y and A is not empty, then find the value of
( N 4)
.
10
38. Find the rank of the word '' T A N Y A ''.
39. If the letters of the word "SOMYA" are arranged alphabetically in all possible manner, then find the
number of words that appear before the word "SOMYA".
40. If n1 and n2 are the two values of n for which the coefficients nC4, nC5 and nC6 are in A.P. Find the
value of (n1 + n2).
ANSWER KEY
1. (2) 2. (2) 3. (1) 4. (2) 5. (3) 6. (1) 7. (1)
8. (1) 9. (2) 10. (2) 11. (4) 12. (3) 13. (1) 14. (3)
15. (2) 16. (1) 17. (2) 18. (3) 19. (4) 20. (2) 21. (1)
22. (1) 23. (3) 24. (3) 25. (2) 26. (375) 27. (121) 28. (7)
29. (16) 30. (84) 31. (3) 32. 42 33. 83 12. (3) 13. (1)
14. (3) 15. (2) 16. (1) 17. (2) 18. (3) 19. (4) 20. (2)
21. (1) 22. (1) 23. (3) 24. (3) 25. (2) 26. (375) 27. (121)
28. (7) 29. (16) 30. (84) 31. (3) 32. 42 33. 83 34. 0006
35. 128 36. 0038 37. 0007 38. 0040 39. 0087 40. 21
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
MA TH EM ATI C S
DPPDAILY PRACTICE P ROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST I NF
ORM AT IO NO. 25
PROBABILITY
1. Two dice are rolled 6 times simultaneously. If a total of 10 or more is called a success, then the
probability of getting atleast two succcesses is
(1) 1 (5/6)5 (2) 1 (5/6)6 (3) 1 (5/6)5 (5/6)6 (4) none
2. A die is thrown three times. The chance that the highest number shown on the die is 4 is
(1) 19/27 (2) 1/216 (3) 19/216 (4) 37/216
3. Let S be a set consisting of first five prime numbers. Suppose A and B are two matrices of order
2 each with distinct entries S. The chance that the matrix AB has atleast one odd entry, is
(1) 90% (2) 84% (3) 80% (4) 96%
4. A biased coin has probability p of showing up heads. If it is tossed five times, the probability of
exactly two heads is the same as the probability of exactly one head. The probability of exactly
three heads in five tosses, is
2 10 40 99
(1) (2) (3) (4)
625 243 243 625
5. A book contains 1000 pages. A page is chosen at random. The probability that the sum of the
digits of the marked number on the page is equal to 9 is :
(1) 23/500 (2) 11/200 (3) 7/100 (4) none
6. A person throws four standard six sided distinguishable dice. Number of ways in which he can
throw if the product of the four number shown on the upper faces is 144, is
(1) 24 (2) 36 (3) 42 (4) 48
7. I alternately a fair coin and a fair die, until I, either toss a head or throw the face two. If I toss the
coin first, the probability that I throw the face two before I toss a head, is
(1) 1/7 (2) 7/12 (3) 5/12 (4) 5/7
8. If the letters in the word CALCULUS are arranged in all possible manner (any arrangement is
considered a word, for example CCLLAUUS would be considered a word), the probability that the
U's would be next to each other, is
(1) 1/6 (2) 1/5 (3) 1/4 (4) 1/3
9. Two dice are thrown until a 6 appears on atleast one of them. Then the probability that for the first
time, a 6 appears in the second throw is
(1) 175/1296 (2) 275/1296 (3) 375/1296 (4) none
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
10. In a combat, A targets B, and both B and C target A. The probabilities of A, B, C hitting their targets
are 2/3 , 1/2 and 1/3 respectively. They shoot simultaneously and A is hit. the probability that B
hits his target whereas C does not
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 3 4 6
11. Two Grand Masters Anand and Karpov, play 3 games of chess. The probability that Anand wins
a game is 0.5, looses with probability 0.3 and ties with probability 0.2. If he plays 3 games then the
chance that he wins atleast two games, is
(1) 0.3 (2) 0.4 (3) 0.6 (4) 0.5
12. Four integers, from 0 to 9 inclusive written randomly. Probability that not more than two of them
are alike, is
504 956 963
(1) (2) (3) (4) none
1000 1000 1000
13. The probability that an archer hits the target when it is windy is 0.4; when it is not windy, her
probability of hitting the target is 0.7. On any shot, the probability of a gust of wind is 0.3. The
probability that she hit the target on first shot, is
(1) 0.45 (2) 0.61 (3) 0.76 (4) 0.84
14. Two integers x and y are chosen (with replacement) from the set {0, 1, 2, 3,...., 20}. Then the
probability that | x – y | > 8 is
52 400 361 78
(1) (2) (3) (4)
147 441 441 441
15. There are only two women among 20 persons taking part in a pleasure trip. The 20 persons are
divided into two groups, each group consisting of 10 persons. Then the probability that the two
women will be in the same group is :
(1) 9/19 (2) 9/38 (3) 9/35 (4) none
16. If a [–5, 30] , then the probability that the graph of the function y = x2 + 2(a + 4) x – 5a + 64 is
strictly above the x- axis is
27 8 8 17
(1) (2) (3) (4)
35 25 35 25
17. Urn A contains 9 red balls and 11 white balls. Urn B contains 12 red balls and 3 white balls. A
person is to roll a single fair die. If the result is a one or a two, then he is to randomly select a ball
from urn A. Otherwise he is to randomly select a ball form urn B. The probability of obtaining a red
ball, is
41 19 21 35
(1) (2) (3) (4)
60 60 35 60
18. Two number are randomly selected from the set of first 9 natural numbers. If 'p' be the probability
that their sum is odd given one of the selected digit is 2 and 'q' be the probability that 2 is one of
the selected digit given their sum is odd then
(1) 2p = 5q (2) 3q = 2p (3) p = 4q (4) 3p = 2q
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
19. A bag contains 5 red marbles and 5 green marbles. One marble is drawn, its colour recorded,
and then placed back into the bag. This process is repeated until a green marble is found. Given
that the first green marble is found on an odd-numbered draw, the probability that it is found on
the fifth draws, is
1 3 1 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
32 64 256 256
20. One percent of the population suffers from a certain disease. There is a blood test for this disease,
and it is 99% accurate, in other words, the probability that it gives the correct answer is 0.99,
regardles of whether the person is sick or healthy. A person takes the blood test, and the result
says that he has the disease. The probability that he actually has the disease, is
(1) 0.99% (2) 25% (3) 50% (4) 75%
21. The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 are written on five cards one number on each card. Three cards are
drawn in succession and at random from the deck ; the resulting digits are written from left to
right. The probability that the resulting three digit number is even, is :
1 1 2 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
5 2 5 5
22. Box A contains 3 red and 2 blue marbles while box B contains 2 red and 8 blue marbles. A fair coin
is tossed. If the coin turns up heads, a marble is drawn from A, if it turns up tails, a marble is
drawn from bag B. The probability that a red marble is chosen, is
(1) 1/5 (2) 2/5 (3) 3/5 (4) 1/2
23. A bag contains n cards numbered as 1 , 2 , 3 ,....... upto n , well mixed up. A person 'P' draws
a card from the bag and puts it back in the bag. Then a person 'Q' draws a card from the bag.
The odds in favour of P getting a card with higher number than Q is :
(1) n 1 : n + 1 (2) n : n 1 (3) n + 1 : n (4) (n + 1) : (n 1)
24. There are 1001 red marbles and 1001 black marbles in a box. Let Ps be the probability that two
marbles drawn at random from the box are of the same colour, and let Pd be the probability that
they are different colours. Then | Ps – Pd | equals
1 1 2
(1) 0 (2) (3) (4)
2002 2001 2001
25. A coin with probability p (0 < p < 1) of falling tails is tossed until a tail appears for the first time. If
2
the probability that tail comes in odd number of trials is , then p equals
3
1 5 1 3 5 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 2 4 4
26. Mr. A has five children, and Mr. B has 3 children. Of the either children it is known that there are
m
five girls and three boys. If is the probability that atleast one of the families have only girls as
n
their children, where 'm' and 'n' are relatively prime positive integers, then the value of (m + n)
equals
(1) 17 (2) 37 (3) 67 (4) 77
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
27. A license plate is 3 capital letters (of English alphabets) followed by 3 digits. If all possible license
plates are equally likely, the probability that a plate has either a letter palindrome or a digit palindrome
(or both), is
7 9 8
(1) (2) (3) (4) none
52 65 65
28. Mr. A makes a bet with Mr. B that in a single throw with two dice he will throw a total of seven
before B throws four. Each of them has a pair of dice and they throw simultaneously until one of
them wins, equal throws being disregarded. Probability that B wins, is
1 4 5 6
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 11 16 17
29. A fair coin is tossed 100 times. The conditional probability of a head on 10th toss if 20 heads occur
in 100 tosses is equal to
1 1 1 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 10 5 10
30. Three numbers are chosen at random without replacement from {1, 2, 3,...... , 10}. The probability
that the minimum of the chosen numbers is 3 or their maximum is 7 is
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/3 (3) 1/4 (4) 11/40
Numerical Value
31. A bag contains (2n + 1) coins. It is known that n of these coins have head on both the sides,
whereas the remaining (n + 1) coins are fair. A coin is picked up at random from the bag and
31
tossed. If the probability that the toss results in a head is , then find the value of n.
42
32. A number is chosen randomly from one of the two sets, A = {1801, 1802,.....,1899, 1900} &
B = {1901, 1902,.....,1999, 2000}. If the number chosen represents a calender year. If the probability
p
that it has 53 Sundays is , then find the value of p.
1400
33. An urn contains 10 balls, 4 red and 6 blue. A second urn contains 16 red balls and unknown
number of blue balls. A single ball is drawn from each urn. If the probability that both balls are of
the same colour is 0.44, then find the number of blue balls in the second urn.
34. A coin is flipped seven times. If the probability that it comes up head at least 4 times in a row can
p
be expressed as rational , where p and q are relatively prime, then find (p + q).
q
35. For any events A and B. Given P (A B) = 0.6, P(A) = P(B), P(B/A) = 0.8.
m
If the value of P (A B) (A B) can be expressed as
n
where m and n are relatively
prime then find the value of (m + n).
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
36. A dice is tossed. If the dice shows 1 or 2 then one coin is tossed and if the dice shows 3 then two
coins are tossed otherwise three coins are tossed. Given that the resulting coin tossed produced
m
no heads. If the probability that the die showed 1 or 2 is (where m and n are coprime), then
n
find the value of (n – m).
37. Let S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}. Two subsets A and B of S are chosen randomly with
replacement with B chosen after A. The probability that A is a subset of B can be expressed as
pa b
b for some primes p and q. Find the value of p q .
q a
38. A fair coin is tossed 10 times. If the probability that heads never occur on consecutive tosses be
p
where p and q are relatively prime positive integers then find the value of (q – 7p).
q
39. In throwing a pair of dice, three events A, B and C are defined as
A : getting a total divisible by 3.
B : getting a total 6 or more.
C : getting a number 3 or more on both dice.
A a
If P = where a, b N, then find the least value of (b – a).
BC b
40. There are n identical black balls and 2 identical red balls in a bag. One by one without replacement,
ball are drawn at random out of the bag. Mr. A wins as soon as 2 black balls are drawn and Mr B
wins as soon as 2 red balls are drawn. The game continue until one of the two win. B(n) be the
p
probability of Mr. B wins. If the value of B(1) + B(2) + B(3) + ........ B (2018) = in lowest form
q
then 3q – p is
ANSWER KEY
1. (3) 2. (4) 3. (4) 4. (3 5. (2) 6. (4) 7. (1)
8. (3) 9. (2) 10. (1) 11. (4) 12. (3) 13. (2) 14. (1)
15. (1) 16. (3) 17. (1) 18. (1) 19. (2) 20. (3) 21. (3)
22. (2) 23. (1) 24. (3) 25. (1) 26. (3) 27. (1) 28. (1)
29. (3) 30. (4) 31. 0010 32. 0249 33. 0004 34. 37 35. 2
36. 5 37. 7 38. 1 39. 5 40. 3
: 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET
: www.atpstar.com
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
M AT H E M AT I CS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F OR
M TI O
A NO. 26
STATISTICS
1. If mean of n item is x . If each rth item is increased by 2r. Then new mean will be
n n2
(1) x (2) x (3) x (4) x n 1
2 2
2. Mean of n items is x. If these n items are increased by 12, 22, 32,....., n2 successively, then mean gets
increased by
n 12n 1 n n 12n 1 n2
(1) (2) (3) (4) remains same
6 6 2
3. Suppose two groups of scores A and B are such that A = (x, x + 2, x + 4) and B = (x – 2, x + 2, x + 6).
Statement-1 Group B has more variability than group A.
Statement-2 The value of mean for group B is more than that of group A.
(1) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(2) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1
(3) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is false
(4) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
ax b a
4. Statement-1 The standard deviation of variable is
c c
Statement-2 The standard deviation of a linear equation is × | coefficient of x |
(1) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(2) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1
(3) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is false
(4) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
5. The A.M. of 2n + 1C0, 2n + 1C1, 2n + 1C2,........, 2n + 1Cn is
2n 2n 22n 2 2n
(1) (2) (3) (4)
n n 1 n (n 1)
91 8
6. If the variate takes the values 0, 2, 4, 8,..... 2n with frequencies nC0, nC1, nCn and if the mean is ,
2n
then n equals
(1) 4 (2) 6 (3) 5 (4) none of these
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET :353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
: www.atpstar.com
7 5 1 1
7. If a variable takes the discrete values + 4, – , – , – 3, – 2, + , – ,
2 2 2 2
+ 5 ( > ), then the median is
5 1 5
(1) (2) (3) – 2 (4)
4 2 4
8. A sample of 35 observations has the mean 80 and s.d. as 4. A second sample of 65 observation from the
same population has mean 60 and s.d. 3. The s.d. of the combined sample is
(1) 5.85 (2) 5.58 (3) 10.12 (4) None of these
9. The mean and S.D. of the marks of 200 candidates were found to be 40 and 15 respectively. Later, it
was discovered that a score of 40 was wrongly read as 50. The correct mean and S.D. respectively are
(1) 14.98, 39.95 (2) 39.95, 16.12 (3) 39.95, 224.5 (4) none of these
10. The average of n numbers x1, x2, x3, ……, xn is M. If x1 is replaced by x, then the new average is
( n 1) M x1 x ( n 1) M x1 x nM x1 x
(1) M – x1 + x (2) (3) (4)
n n n
11. The average weight of 9 men is x kg. After another men joins the group, the average increases
by 5%. Still another man joins and average returns to old level of x kg. Which one of the following
true?
(1) the 10th & 11th men weight same
(2) the 10th man weight half as much as the 11th man
(3) the 10th man weight as much as the 11th man
(4) None of these
10 10 10 10
12. If values a, b, c,...... j, p occurs with frequencies C0 , C1, C2 ,..., C10 then mode is
(1) a (2) e (3) f (4) k
13. The mean of two samples of sizes 200 and 300 were found to be 25, 10 respectively. Their
standarddeviations were 3 and 4 respectively. Find the variance of combined sample of size
500
(1) 70 (2) 60 (3) 67.2 (4) 80
14. The mean and variance of 5 observations of an experiment are 4 and 5.2 respectively. From
these observations three are 1, 2 and 6 and = |x1 – x2| + 8 where x1 & x2 are remaining observations.
Then number of solution of equation 10 – x2 – 2x = are
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
15. The mean and variance of 10 numbers were calculated as 11.3 and 3.3 respectively. It was
subsequently found that one of the a number was misread as 10 instead of 12. How does the
variance change.
(1) variance decreases (2) variance increases
(3) nothing can be said about variance (4) variance remains unchanged.
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET :353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
: www.atpstar.com
9 9
16. STATEMENT-1 : If (x i 8) = 9 and (x i 8)2 = 45 then S.D. of x , x ,......, x is 2.
1 2 9
i 1 i 1
STATEMENT-2 : S.D. is independent of change of origin.
(1) Both the statements are true.
(2) Statement- is true, but Statement- is false.
(3) Statement- is false, but Statement- is true.
(4) Both the statements are false.
17. If the standard deviation of the numbers 2, 3, a and 11 is 3.5, then which of the following is true?
(1) 3a2 – 32a + 84 = 0 (2) 3a2 –34a + 91 = 0
(3) 3a2 –23a + 44 = 0 (4) 3a2 –26a + 55 = 0
18. The marks of some students were listed out of a maximum 60. The standard deviation of marks
was found to be 5. Subsequently the marks raised to a maximum of 100 and variance of new
marks was calculeted .The new variance
25 625 625 15
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 9 9
11 11
2
19. If x
i 1
i 4 11 and x
i 1
i 4 44 then find variance of x , x , x .....x .
1 2 3 11
1
(1) 4 (2) 3 (3) 7 (4) 11
20. Consider the following statement and choose correct option
(I) variance can not be negative
(ii) S.D can not be negative
(III) Median is influenced by extreme value in set of numbers.
(1) TTT (2) FTT (3) FTF (4) TTF
21. The mean of distribution is 6, If coefficient of variation is 50%, then standard deviation of
distribution is
(1) 9 (2) 3 (3) 300 (4) 4
22. The mean of two samples of sizes 20 and 10 were found to be 11, 8 respectively. Their
variance were 4 and 34 respectively. Find the variance of combined sample of size 30.
(1) 19 (2) 19.5 (3) 18.5 (4) 16
23. If standard deviation of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 is 2 then which of the following is correct.
(1) standard deviation of 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, is 2
(2) standard deviation of 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005 is 2000
(3) standard deviation of 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005 is 2
(4) standard deviation of 1, 8, 27, 16, 25 is 2
24. The mean and variance of 100 numbers were calculated as 11 and 2 respectively. Later it was
found that one of the number was misread 5 instead of 9. How does the variance change.
(1) Variance doesn’t change (2) Variance Increases
(3) Variance decreases (4) Can’t comment
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET :353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
: www.atpstar.com
25. The coefficient of variation of two series are 60% and 70% if their standard deviation are 21
and 14, then find ratio of their AMs
6 2 4 7
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7 3 7 4
26. The mean of 2 samples of sizes 50 & 40 were found to be 63 and 54. Their variance were 81
& 36. Find the variance of combined sample of size 90
(1) 9 (2) (3) 3 (4)
27. The mean and median of some data is 14 and 12 . Later it was discovered that every data
element should be increased by 2 units then new mean and median will be
(1) 16, 12 (2) 16, 14 (3) 14, 12 (4) 10, 8
28 If a variate X is expressed as a linear function of two variates U and V in the form X = a U + b V,
then mean X of X is
(1) aU + b V (2) U + V (3) aU + aU (4) None of these
29. The AM of n numbers of a series is X . If the sum of first (n – 1) terms is k, then the nth number
is
X
(1) X – k (2) n X – k (3) X – nk (4)
3
30. If X1 and X2 are the means of two distributions such that X1 < X2 and X is the mean of the
combined distribution, then
X1 X2
(1) X < X1 (2) X > X2 (3) X = (4) X1 < X < X2
2
Answer Key
1. (4) 2. (1) 3. (3) 4. (1) 5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (1)
8. (3) 9. (2) 10. (4) 11. (4) 12. (3) 13. (3) 14. (1)
15. (1) 16. (1) 17. (1) 18. (3) 19. (2) 20. (4) 21. (2)
22. (4) 23. (3) 24. (3) 25. (4) 26. (2) 27. (2) 28 (1)
29. (2) 30. (4)
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET :353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
: www.atpstar.com
M ATH EMATICS
DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
E S T IN F O R
M A
T I O NO. 27
MATHEMATICAL REASONING
1. Which of the following statements is using an “inclusive Or” ?
(1) A number is either rational or irrational.
(2) All integers are positive or negative.
(3) The office is closed if it is a holiday or a Sunday.
(4) Sum of two integers is odd or even.
2. For the compound statement
“All prime numbers are either even or odd”. Which of the following is true?
(1) Both component statements are false
(2) Exactly one of the component statements is true
(3) At least one of the component statements is true
(4) Both the component statements are true
3. Which one statement gives the same meaning of statement
“The Banana trees will bloom if it stays warm for a month.”
(1) It stays warm for a month and the banana trees will bloom.
(2) If it stays warm for a month, then the Banana trees will bloom.
(3) It stays warm for a month or the banana trees will bloom.
(4) It stays warm for a month or the banana trees will not bloom.
4. The statement “x is an even number implies that x is divisible by 4” means the same as
(1) x is divisible by 4 is necessary condition for x to be an even number.
(2) x is an even number is a necessary condition for x to divisible by 4.
(3) x is divisible by 4 is a sufficient condition for x to be an even number.
(4) x is divisible by 4 implies that x is not always an even number.
5. The negation of the statement “Two lines are parallel if and only if they have the same slope” is
(1) Two lines are not parallel and they have the same slope.
(2) Two lines are parallel and they do not have the same slope.
(3) Two lines are not parallel and they do not have the same slope.
(4) Either two lines are parallel and they have different slopes or two lines are not parallel and
they have the same slope.
6. Which one statement gives the same meaning of statement
“If you watch television, then your mind is free and if your mind is free then you watch television”
(1) You watch television if and only if your mind is free.
(2) You watch television and your mind is free.
(3) You watch television or your mind is free.
(4) None of these
7. The contrapositive of statement “Something is cold implies that it has low temperature” is
(1) If something does not have low temperature, then it is not cold.
(2) If something does not have low temprerature then it is cold.
(3) Something is not cold implies that it has low temperature.
(4) If something have low temperature, then it is not cold.
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 1
: www.atpstar.com
8. Consider the statement p : “Everyone in Germany speaks German” which of the following is not
negation of p
(1) Not everyone in Germany speaks German.
(2) No one in Germany speaks German.
(3) There are persons in Germany who do not speak German.
(4) There is atleast one person in Germany who does not speak German.
9. If p, q, r are three statements then converse of p (q~ r) is
(1) ~ (r ~q) p (2) (r ~q) p
(3) (r q) p (4) ~ (r ~q) p
10. Statements “If the traders do not reduce the price then the government will take action against
them” is equivalent to
(1) It is not true that the trader do not reduce the prices and government does not take action
against them.
(2) It is true that the trader do not reduce the prices and government does not take action against
them.
(3) It is not true that the trader do not reduce the prices and government take action against
them.
(4) It is not true that the trader do not reduce the prices or government take action against them.
11. Contrapositive of statement ‘‘If you watch television, then your mind is free” is
(1) If your mind is free then you are not watching television
(2) If your mind is not free then you are not watching television
(3) If your mind is not free then you are watching television
(4) If your mind is free then you are watching television
12. The negation of the statement “There exists a number which is equal to its square” is
(1) There exists a number which is not equal to its square.
(2) There exists no number which is not equal to its square.
(3) There does not exists a number which is equal to its square.
(4) The square of a number is greater than the number.
13. Column - I Column - II
(A) ~ (~ p q) is equivalent to (p) p (p q)
(B) p (p q) is equivalent to (q) t
(C) (p q) [~ p (p ~ q)] is equivalent to (r) p~ q
(D) (p q) p is equivalent to (s) (~p q) t
14. Choose the incorrect alternative
(1) p = I study and I pass
~p =Either I don’t study or I don’t pass
(2) p = If she come then she will get bonus
~p = She come and she will not get bonus
(3) p = He plays if and only if his father permits
~p = Either he play and his father does’t permit or he does not play and his father permits.
(4) p = 4+3 > 2 and 4 + 3 < 9
~p = 4 + 3 < 2 or 4 + 3 > 9
15. Which of the following is not a statement ?
(1) Three plus two equals six (2) Three plus two equals five
(3) Tomorrow is tuesday (4) There are 380 days in an year
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 2
: www.atpstar.com
16. Identify use of inclusive OR in one of the following
(1) Two lines intersect at a point or are parallel
(2) An year has 365 days or 366 days
(3) To visit America, you need a passport or voter ID.
(4) None
17. Which of the following statement doesn’t convey same meaning as
p = if a number is odd, then its cube is also odd
(1) A number is odd implies that its cube is odd.
(2) A number is odd only if its cube is odd.
(3) If cube of a number is not odd, then the number is not odd.
(4) For the cube of a number to be odd, it is necessary that the number is odd.
18. Negation of (~pvq) is (~pvq)
(1) p v q (2) pv~q (3) p ~q (4)~p~q
19. Suppose that x and y are positive real numbers.
Let p : x < y and q : x2 < y2 , then
(1) p q and q p (2) p q and q p (3) p q (4) p q and ~ q p
20. Which of the following statements among the following is a tautology.
(1) A (A B) (2) [A (A B)] B (3) B [A (A B)] (4) A (A B)
21. Consider statements :
p : 767 is divisible by 37 and 17
q : 767 is divisible by 13
The negation of the statement “Either 767 is divisible by 37 and 17 or it is divisible by 13” is
(1) Either 767 is not multiple of 37 and 13 or it is not multiple of 17 and 13
(2) 767 is not divisible by any of 37, 17, 13
(3) 767 is divisible by 37 and 17 but not by 13
(4) 767 is divisible by 13 but not by 37 and 17
22. Consider statement p : If two integers a and b are such that a divides b then b3 – a2 is a composite
number. The converse of the statement p is
(1) If two integers a and b are such that b3 – a2 is a composite number then a divides b.
(2) If a divides b then a,b are integers and b3 – a2 is a composite number.
(3) If b3 – a2 is a composite number then a,b are integers and a divides b.
(4) If a, b are integers and a does not divide b then b3 – a2 is not a composite number.
23. Let S be a non-empty subset of R. Consider the following statement
P : There exist two irrational numbers xS and yS such that x + y is a rational number.
Negation of the statement P is
(1) There is no irrational number which when added to a particular irrational number results in a
rational number.
(2) Sum of two irrational numbers is always irrational
(3) There exist atleast one pair of irrational numbers whose sum is irrational.
(4) We do not always get a rational number when we add two irrational numbers.
24. If the compound propositions (q q) r is true and p (q) is false, then the truth values of p,
q and r are respectively
(1) T, T and F (2) T, F and T (3) T, T and T (4) F, F and F
25. The incorrect statement of the following is
(1) p (p) is a fallacy (2) p (p) is tautology
(3) (p q) (q p) is a contradiction (4) (p) p is a tautology
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 3
: www.atpstar.com
26. The statement [(p ~ q) ~ p] q can be
(1) a tautology (2) a fallacy (3) can’t say (4) equivalent to p q
27. Truth value of the statement "if p then q" is false when
(1) p is true, q is true (2) p is true, q is false
(3) p is false, q is true (4) p is false, q is false
28. Let p and q be two statements. Then, ~ p q ~ p ~ q is a
(1) tautology (2) contradiction
(3) neither tautology nor contradiction (4) either tautology or contradiction
29. If p = He is intelligent
q = He is strong.
Then, symbolic form of statement. "It is wrong that he is intelligent or strong," is
(1) ~ p ~ p (2) ~ p q (3) ~ p ~ q (4) p ~ q
30. If p and q are two statements, then statement p q ~ q is
(1) tautology (2) contradiction
(3) neither tautology nor contradiction (4) None of the above
31. If p and q are two statements, then ~ p q ~ q p
(1) tautology (2) contradiction
(3) neither tautology nor contradiction (4) either tautology or contradiction
32. ~ (p q) (~ p q) is logically equivalent to
(1) ~ p (2) p (3) q (4) ~ q
33. ~ [~ p (p q)]
(1) p q (2) q p (3) T (4) F
34. The statement “x is an even number implies that x is divisible by 4” means the same as
(1) x is divisible by 4 is necessary condition for x to be an even number.
(2) x is an even number is a necessary condition for x to divisible by 4.
(3) x is divisible by 4 is a sufficient condition for x to be an even number.
(4) x is divisible by 4 implies that x is not always an even number.
35. If p and q are any two statements then p q is not equivalent to
(1) p is sufficient for q (2) q is necessary for p (3) p only if q (4) q only if p
36. If p, q, r and s are true propositions, then the truth values of
(i) (p q) s (ii) (q r) s (iii) (p q) (q s) are respectively
(1) T, T and F (2) F, T and F (3) T, F and T (4) T, F and F
37. The statement [p (p q)] q, is :
(1) a fallacy (2) a tautology (3) neither a fallacy nor a tautology (4) not a compound statement
38. The negation of the statement
"If I become a teacher, then I will open a school", is
(1) Neither I will become a teacher nor I will open a school.
(2) I will not become a teacher or I will open a school.
(3) I will become a teacher and I will not open a school.
(4) Either I will not become a teacher or I will not open a school.
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 4
: www.atpstar.com
39. Consider
Statement-1: (p ~ q) (~ p q) is a fallacy..
Statement-2: (p q) (~ q ~ p) is a tautology.
(1) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true, Statement-II is not a correct explanation for Statement-I.
(2) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false.
(3) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true.
(4) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true, Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I.
40. The contrapositive of the statement “If your are born in India, then you are a citizin of India”, is
(1) If you are born in India, then you are not a citizen of India.
(2) If you are not a citizen of India, then you are not born in India.
(3) If you are a citizen of India, then you are born in India.
(4) If you are not born in India, then you are not a citizen of India.
41. Consider the following three statements :
P : 5 is a prime number.
Q : 7 is a factor of 192
R : L. C. M. of 5 and 7 is 35.
Then the truth value of which one of the following statement is true ?
(1) ~ P Q R (2) Q R ~ R
(3) ~ P ~ Q R (4) P ~ Q R
42. The logical statement ~ ~ p q p r ~ q r is equivalent to :-
(1) p q ~ q (2) ~ p ~ q r (3) ~ p r (4) p ~ q r
43. The Boolen expression ~ p ~ q is equivalent to :
(1) ~ p q (2) p q (3) q ~ p (4) p q
44. If the truth value of the statement P ~ q r is false(F), then the truth values of the statements
p, q, r are respectively :
(1) F, T, T (2) T, F, F (3) T, T, F (4) T, F, T
45. If P p ~ q is false, then the truth values of p and q are respectively :
(1) F, T (2) T, F (3) F, F (4) T, T
Answer Key
1. (3) 2. (1) 3. (2) 4. (1) 5. (4) 6. (1) 7. (1)
8. (2) 9. (1) 10. (1) 11. (2) 12. (3)
13. (A) (r), (B) (p), (C) (s), (D) (q)
14. (4) 15. (3) 16. (3) 17. (4) 18. (3) 19. (3) 20. (2)
21. (1) 22. (1) 23. (2) 24. (3) 25. (3) 26. (1) 27. (4)
28. (3) 29. (3) 30. (3) 31. (3) 32. (1) 33. (1) 34. (1)
35. (4) 36. (4) 37. (2) 38. (3) 39. (1) 40. (2) 41. (4)
42. (1) 43. (4) 44. (3) 45. (4)
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE PAGE NO. 5
: www.atpstar.com
MAT HEM AT I CS
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
RANK BOOSTING COURSE-2022
EST INF ORMA TIO NO. 28
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION
1. If domain of f(x) is 0, then domain of f(cot x) is :
–1
3
1 1
(1) ,
3 2
(2) ,
3
(3) 3, (4) ,
3
2. If ([sin–1x])2 – 2[sin–1x] + 1 0 then x (where [.] denotes greatest integer function)
(1) [sin1, sin2] (2) [–1, sin2) (3) [–1, sin1] (4) [sin1,1]
3. If the range of the function f(x) = tan–1 (3x2 + bx + c) is 0, then
2
(1) b2 = 3c (2) b2 = 4c (3) b2 = 12 c (4) b2 = 8c
1
4. The domain of the function f (x) = is:
x 1 cos (2x 1).tan3x
1
(1) ( 1, 0) (2) ( 1, 0)
6
(3) ( 1, 0] , (4) , 0
6 2 6
5. Number of solutions of the equation
1
log10 5 cos1 x 1 + 2
log10 (2 cos–1 x + 3) + log10 5 = 1 is
(1) 0 (2) 1
(3) more than one but finite (4) infinite
2
cos 1(3x 1)
6. The range of the function y = 1 is
(1) [1,4] (2) [0,] (3) [1,] (4) [0,2]
1 3 sin2
7. If sin1 = , then tan is equal to
2 5 4cos 2 4
(1) 1/3 (2) 3 (3) 1 (4) 1
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE : www.atpstar.com PAGE NO.-1
8. Range of f (x) = cos1
x 2 x 1 is
(1) 0, (2) 0, (3) , (4) ,
6 3 6 2 6 3
1 x
9. The smallest and the largest values of tan–1 , 0 x 1 are
1 x
(1) 0, (2) 0, (3) – , (4) ,
4 4 4 4 2
1 4
10. If x = sin(2 tan–12), y = sin tan1 , then
2 3
(1) x = 1 – y (2) x2 = 1 – y (3) x2 = 1 + y (4) y2 = 1 – x
3 1
11. tan1 cos 2 tan1 sin 2cot 1 is :
4 2
(1) (2) > (3) (4) Not defined
4 4 4
7
12. The number of positive integral solutions of tan–1x + cot–1y = sin–1 is
5 2
(1) 4 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 3
13. If 4cot–1x + cos–1x = 4 and sin–1y + 4tan–1y = 3/2 then x2018 + y2017 =
(1) 4 (2) 2 (3) 0 (4) –2
2x 1
14. Let tan–1y = tan–1x + tan–1 2
, where |x| < . Then a value of y is
1– x 3
3x – x3 3x x3 3x – x3 3x x3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1– 3x 2 1– 3x2 1 3x2 1 3x2
15. The set of values of ‘x’ for which the formula 2 sin–1x = sin–1 (2x 1 x2 ) is true, is
3 3 1 1
(1) (– 1, 0) (2) [0, 1] (3) , (4) ,
2 2 2 2
16. The sum of all the solutions of cot–1 (x – 2) + cot–1 (3 – x) = cot–1 (x – 12) is
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 1
5 1
17. If cos1 , then which one of the following inequalities hold good?
2 2
(1) cos < sin < cot < tan (2) cos < cot < sin < tan
(3) sin < tan < cos < cot (4) sin < cot < tan < cos
(5) cot < cos < tan < sin
x x 1 1
18. The solution of sin1 sin1 sin1 is
1 x x 1 1 x
(1) [0, ) (2) (0, ) (3) [1, ) (4) (–1, )
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE : www.atpstar.com PAGE NO.-2
1
1 1 1
19. The value of cot tan tan + tan 3 – sec–1(– 2) is equal to
2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3
20. Number of roots of the equation cos–1 3 x + cos–1 x =
2
are
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) more than 2
1 14
21. The value of cos cos1 cos is :
2 5
7 3
(1) cos (2) sin (3) cos (4) cos
5 10 5 5
22. The value of sin–1 [cos{cos–1 (cosx) + sin–1 (sin x)}], where x , is
2
(1) (2) (3) – (4) –
2 4 4 2
x 1 x 1
23. The value of x satisfying equation tan–1 + tan–1 = is
x 2 x 2 4
1 1 1 1
(1) ± (2) (3) (4) ±
3 2 3 2
2
1x 1
24. If tan1 = 4°, then :
x
(1) x = tan 2° (2) x = tan 4° (3) x = tan (1/4)° (4) x = tan 8°
3
25. The value of
n 1
tan 1 2 is equal to
n n 1
3
(1) cot 1 2 (2) cot 3
1
(3) (4) tan1 2
4 2 2
26. The sum of first n terms of the series
3 3 3
tan1 3 tan1 tan1 tan1 .... up to n terms equals to
19 55 109
(1) tan1 2n tan1 2 (2) tan1 3n (3) tan1 3n tan1 3 (4) tan1 3n 3 tan1 3
2n 2n
27. If sin1 xi n , then x i
i 1 i 1
n(n 1)
(1) n (2) n/2 (3) 2n (4)
2
4 4 4 4
28. The value of tan 1 + tan 1 + tan 1 + tan 1 +........ equals
7 19 39 67
1 1
(1) tan 1 1 + tan 1 + tan 1 (2) tan–11 + cot 1 3
2 3
1 1
(3) cot1 1 + cot1 + cot1 (4) cot–11 + tan1 3
2 3
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE : www.atpstar.com PAGE NO.-3
1 1
29. The value of tan
r 1
r 2 5r 7 is equal to
1
(1) tan–13 (2) (3) sin–1 (4) cot–12
4 10
19
1
30. The value of tan tan 1
is equal to
n
n1
1 2n
n 1
20 21 21 19
(1) (2) (3) (4)
21 20 19 21
INTEGER
31. If x [0, 1] then the number of solution(s) of the equation 2 [cos–1x] + 6[sgn (sin x)] = 3
is/are
[Note: [k] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to k and sgn(x) denotes signum
function of x.]
32. Let f (x) = sin5x – cos2x and g(x) = cot–1(x2 + x + 1). Number of solution of the equation
f(x) = sgn (g(x)) in (– 2, 2) is
33. tan–1n, tan–1(n + 1) and tan–1(n + 2), n N, are angles of a triangle if n ...........
10 a
34. The value of cot cot 1(1 k k 2 ) =
where a and b are coprime, find the value
k 1 b
of (a + b).
n2 n 4
36. If
n0
2 arc cot
2
= k, then find the value of k.
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE : www.atpstar.com PAGE NO.-4
Answer key
1. (4) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (4) 5. (2) 6. (1) 7. (2)
8. (1) 9. (2) 10. (4) 11. (2) 12. (4) 13. (2) 14. (1)
15. (4) 16. (3) 17. (2) 18. (1) 19. (1) 20. (2) 21. (2)
22. (4) 23. (4) 24. (4) 25. (1) 26. (2) 27. (3) 28. (2)
29. (3) 30. (4) 31. (0) 32. (2) 33. (1) 34. (11) 35. (1)
DOWNLOAD OUR APP & GET : 353, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Instrumentation Limited Colony, Kota, Rajasthan 324005
UNLIMITED PRACTICE FOR FREE : www.atpstar.com PAGE NO.-5
You might also like
- South Tuen Mun Government Secondary School S4 Mathematics Chapter 2B Complex Number Multiple Choice Questions Name: - Class: S4 - Mark: - /13No ratings yetSouth Tuen Mun Government Secondary School S4 Mathematics Chapter 2B Complex Number Multiple Choice Questions Name: - Class: S4 - Mark: - /132 pages
- Ebooks File Applied Differential Equations With Boundary Value Problems 1st Edition Vladimir A. Dobrushkin All ChaptersNo ratings yetEbooks File Applied Differential Equations With Boundary Value Problems 1st Edition Vladimir A. Dobrushkin All Chapters49 pages
- Qus. Quadratic - (Part 3) - Critical ThinkingNo ratings yetQus. Quadratic - (Part 3) - Critical Thinking6 pages
- Thermodynamics - Physics - IIT Work Sheet 2024-25No ratings yetThermodynamics - Physics - IIT Work Sheet 2024-2513 pages
- Module1 Topic1 Week2 Differential EquationNo ratings yetModule1 Topic1 Week2 Differential Equation3 pages
- Complementary Function For Complex Distinct Roots: Institute of Aeronautical EngineeringNo ratings yetComplementary Function For Complex Distinct Roots: Institute of Aeronautical Engineering11 pages
- Level 6 Pack 1. Answers. Page 1. © Www.10ticks - Co.ukNo ratings yetLevel 6 Pack 1. Answers. Page 1. © Www.10ticks - Co.uk11 pages
- Quadratic Equations Assignment1 (Comp. Chap)No ratings yetQuadratic Equations Assignment1 (Comp. Chap)17 pages
- 1988 - Efficient Implementation of Essentially Non-Oscillatory Shock-Capturing Schemes II - Shu, OsherNo ratings yet1988 - Efficient Implementation of Essentially Non-Oscillatory Shock-Capturing Schemes II - Shu, Osher47 pages
- Revision Assignment - 1 (QE, SS and Compound Angle)No ratings yetRevision Assignment - 1 (QE, SS and Compound Angle)20 pages
- 2) C1 Algebra and Functions and Quadratic Functions QuestionsNo ratings yet2) C1 Algebra and Functions and Quadratic Functions Questions15 pages
- DPP-8 (-QE & Polynomials) JEE MAIN Online (2023-24)No ratings yetDPP-8 (-QE & Polynomials) JEE MAIN Online (2023-24)11 pages
- Difference Between Finite Element and Finite Different MethodsNo ratings yetDifference Between Finite Element and Finite Different Methods3 pages
- NCS21 - 02 - Phase Plane Analysis of Nonlinear Systems - 01No ratings yetNCS21 - 02 - Phase Plane Analysis of Nonlinear Systems - 0119 pages
- DPP-1 (QE & Polynomials) JEE MAIN Online (2022-23)No ratings yetDPP-1 (QE & Polynomials) JEE MAIN Online (2022-23)11 pages
- MA143 - 2020 - Section1 - Unit 2 - Cardan's Method & Ferrari's MethodNo ratings yetMA143 - 2020 - Section1 - Unit 2 - Cardan's Method & Ferrari's Method25 pages
- Differential Form of Gauss' Law (Calc 3 Connection)No ratings yetDifferential Form of Gauss' Law (Calc 3 Connection)4 pages
- 4.5 Solving Multi-Step Equations: Part 1 WARM UP: Solve For The Given Variable. 3)No ratings yet4.5 Solving Multi-Step Equations: Part 1 WARM UP: Solve For The Given Variable. 3)6 pages
- Solution To Partial Differential EquationNo ratings yetSolution To Partial Differential Equation30 pages
- JEE Advanced Quadratic Equations Important QuestionsNo ratings yetJEE Advanced Quadratic Equations Important Questions19 pages
- Quadratic Equation: 1 x1 4 X 2 4 X 3 1 X 4 1 30No ratings yetQuadratic Equation: 1 x1 4 X 2 4 X 3 1 X 4 1 303 pages
- 1 Quadratic Equations Objective Mathematics For Iit Jee Mains Advance - 4No ratings yet1 Quadratic Equations Objective Mathematics For Iit Jee Mains Advance - 49 pages